Annual Statements Open main menu

TRUSTMARK CORP - Quarter Report: 2017 March (Form 10-Q)

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

Form 10-Q

QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended March 31, 2017

or

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                 to                

Commission file number 000-03683

Trustmark Corporation

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Mississippi

 

64-0471500

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

 

248 East Capitol Street, Jackson, Mississippi

 

39201

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip Code)

 

(601) 208-5111

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer

 

 

Accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

Smaller reporting company

Emerging growth company

 

 

 

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.    

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes      No  

As of April 30, 2017, there were 67,729,434 shares outstanding of the registrant’s common stock (no par value).

 

 

 

 


 

Forward-Looking Statements

Certain statements contained in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  You can identify forward-looking statements by words such as “may,” “hope,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential,” “continue,” “could,” “future” or the negative of those terms or other words of similar meaning.  You should read statements that contain these words carefully because they discuss our future expectations or state other “forward-looking” information.  These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements relating to anticipated future operating and financial performance measures, including net interest margin, credit quality, business initiatives, growth opportunities and growth rates, among other things, and encompass any estimate, prediction, expectation, projection, opinion, anticipation, outlook or statement of belief included therein as well as the management assumptions underlying these forward-looking statements.  You should be aware that the occurrence of the events described under the caption “Risk Factors” in Trustmark’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.  Should one or more of these risks materialize, or should any such underlying assumptions prove to be significantly different, actual results may vary significantly from those anticipated, estimated, projected or expected.

Risks that could cause actual results to differ materially from current expectations of Management include, but are not limited to, changes in the level of nonperforming assets and charge-offs, local, state and national economic and market conditions, including conditions in the housing and real estate markets in the regions in which Trustmark operates and the extent and duration of the current volatility in the credit and financial markets as well as crude oil prices, changes in our ability to measure the fair value of assets in our portfolio, material changes in the level and/or volatility of market interest rates, the performance and demand for the products and services we offer, including the level and timing of withdrawals from our deposit accounts, the costs and effects of litigation and of unexpected or adverse outcomes in such litigation, our ability to attract noninterest-bearing deposits and other low-cost funds, competition in loan and deposit pricing, as well as the entry of new competitors into our markets through de novo expansion and acquisitions, economic conditions, including the potential impact of issues relating to the European financial system and monetary and other governmental actions designed to address the level and volatility of interest rates and the volatility of securities, currency and other markets, the enactment of legislation and changes in existing regulations or enforcement practices or the adoption of new regulations, changes in accounting standards and practices, including changes in the interpretation of existing standards, that affect our consolidated financial statements, changes in consumer spending, borrowings and savings habits, technological changes, changes in the financial performance or condition of our borrowers, changes in our ability to control expenses, changes in our compensation and benefit plans, including those associated with the planned termination of our noncontributory tax-qualified defined benefit pension plan, greater than expected costs or difficulties related to the integration of acquisitions or new products and lines of business, cyber-attacks and other breaches which could affect our information system security, natural disasters, environmental disasters, acts of war or terrorism, and other risks described in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Although we believe that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable, we can give no assurance that such expectations will prove to be correct.  Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update or revise any of this information, whether as the result of new information, future events or developments or otherwise.

 

 

2


 

PART I.  FINANCIAL INFORMATION

ITEM 1.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Trustmark Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

($ in thousands)

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 31, 2017

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks (noninterest-bearing)

 

$

379,590

 

 

$

327,706

 

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements

 

 

500

 

 

 

500

 

Securities available for sale (at fair value)

 

 

2,365,554

 

 

 

2,356,682

 

Securities held to maturity (fair value: $1,154,415-2017; $1,157,046-2016)

 

 

1,156,067

 

 

 

1,158,643

 

Loans held for sale (LHFS)

 

 

174,090

 

 

 

175,927

 

Loans held for investment (LHFI)

 

 

8,004,657

 

 

 

7,851,213

 

Less allowance for loan losses, LHFI

 

 

72,445

 

 

 

71,265

 

Net LHFI

 

 

7,932,212

 

 

 

7,779,948

 

Acquired loans

 

 

218,242

 

 

 

272,247

 

Less allowance for loan losses, acquired loans

 

 

10,006

 

 

 

11,397

 

Net acquired loans

 

 

208,236

 

 

 

260,850

 

Net LHFI and acquired loans

 

 

8,140,448

 

 

 

8,040,798

 

Premises and equipment, net

 

 

183,311

 

 

 

184,987

 

Mortgage servicing rights

 

 

82,758

 

 

 

80,239

 

Goodwill

 

 

366,156

 

 

 

366,156

 

Identifiable intangible assets

 

 

19,117

 

 

 

20,680

 

Other real estate

 

 

55,968

 

 

 

62,051

 

Other assets

 

 

566,802

 

 

 

577,964

 

Total Assets

 

$

13,490,361

 

 

$

13,352,333

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest-bearing

 

$

3,209,727

 

 

$

2,973,238

 

Interest-bearing

 

 

6,894,745

 

 

 

7,082,774

 

Total deposits

 

 

10,104,472

 

 

 

10,056,012

 

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements

 

 

524,335

 

 

 

539,817

 

Short-term borrowings

 

 

864,690

 

 

 

769,778

 

Long-term FHLB advances

 

 

250,994

 

 

 

251,049

 

Junior subordinated debt securities

 

 

61,856

 

 

 

61,856

 

Other liabilities

 

 

146,053

 

 

 

153,613

 

Total Liabilities

 

 

11,952,400

 

 

 

11,832,125

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders' Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, no par value:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Authorized:  250,000,000 shares

Issued and outstanding:  67,729,434 shares - 2017; 67,628,618 shares - 2016

 

 

14,112

 

 

 

14,091

 

Capital surplus

 

 

365,951

 

 

 

366,563

 

Retained earnings

 

 

1,200,903

 

 

 

1,185,352

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax

 

 

(43,005

)

 

 

(45,798

)

Total Shareholders' Equity

 

 

1,537,961

 

 

 

1,520,208

 

Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity

 

$

13,490,361

 

 

$

13,352,333

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

3


 

Trustmark Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Income

($ in thousands except per share data)

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Interest Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest and fees on LHFS & LHFI

 

$

79,407

 

 

$

72,286

 

Interest and fees on acquired loans

 

 

5,189

 

 

 

7,022

 

Interest on securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxable

 

 

19,197

 

 

 

20,086

 

Tax exempt

 

 

845

 

 

 

973

 

Interest on federal funds sold and securities purchased under reverse

   repurchase agreements

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

Other interest income

 

 

267

 

 

 

230

 

Total Interest Income

 

 

104,906

 

 

 

100,598

 

Interest Expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest on deposits

 

 

3,945

 

 

 

3,038

 

Interest on federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase

   agreements

 

 

698

 

 

 

431

 

Other interest expense

 

 

2,673

 

 

 

2,389

 

Total Interest Expense

 

 

7,316

 

 

 

5,858

 

Net Interest Income

 

 

97,590

 

 

 

94,740

 

Provision for loan losses, LHFI

 

 

2,762

 

 

 

2,243

 

Provision for loan losses, acquired loans

 

 

(1,605

)

 

 

1,309

 

Net Interest Income After Provision for Loan Losses

 

 

96,433

 

 

 

91,188

 

Noninterest Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service charges on deposit accounts

 

 

10,832

 

 

 

11,081

 

Bank card and other fees

 

 

6,500

 

 

 

6,918

 

Mortgage banking, net

 

 

10,185

 

 

 

8,699

 

Insurance commissions

 

 

9,212

 

 

 

8,593

 

Wealth management

 

 

7,413

 

 

 

7,407

 

Other, net

 

 

1,891

 

 

 

888

 

Security losses, net

 

 

 

 

 

(310

)

Total Noninterest Income

 

 

46,033

 

 

 

43,276

 

Noninterest Expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

 

57,302

 

 

 

57,201

 

Services and fees

 

 

15,332

 

 

 

14,475

 

Net occupancy - premises

 

 

6,238

 

 

 

6,188

 

Equipment expense

 

 

5,998

 

 

 

6,094

 

Other real estate expense

 

 

1,759

 

 

 

181

 

FDIC assessment expense

 

 

2,640

 

 

 

2,811

 

Other expense

 

 

12,788

 

 

 

11,994

 

Total Noninterest Expense

 

 

102,057

 

 

 

98,944

 

Income Before Income Taxes

 

 

40,409

 

 

 

35,520

 

Income taxes

 

 

9,161

 

 

 

8,517

 

Net Income

 

$

31,248

 

 

$

27,003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings Per Share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.46

 

 

$

0.40

 

Diluted

 

$

0.46

 

 

$

0.40

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends Per Share

 

$

0.23

 

 

$

0.23

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

 

4


 

Trustmark Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

($ in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Net income per consolidated statements of income

 

$

31,248

 

 

$

27,003

 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized gains on available for sale securities and

   transferred securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized holding gains arising during the period

 

 

1,411

 

 

 

21,825

 

Less: adjustment for net losses realized in net income

 

 

 

 

 

191

 

Change in net unrealized holding loss on securities

   transferred to held to maturity

 

 

761

 

 

 

1,682

 

Pension and other postretirement benefit plans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in prior service costs

 

 

39

 

 

 

38

 

Recognized net loss due to lump sum settlement

 

 

 

 

 

261

 

Change in net actuarial loss

 

 

486

 

 

 

545

 

Derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in the accumulated gain (loss) on effective cash flow

   hedge derivatives

 

 

35

 

 

 

(820

)

Less: adjustment for loss realized in net income

 

 

61

 

 

 

99

 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

 

2,793

 

 

 

23,821

 

Comprehensive income

 

$

34,041

 

 

$

50,824

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

 

5


 

Trustmark Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Condensed Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity

($ in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Balance, January 1,

 

$

1,520,208

 

 

$

1,473,057

 

Net income per consolidated statements of income

 

 

31,248

 

 

 

27,003

 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

 

2,793

 

 

 

23,821

 

Common stock dividends paid

 

 

(15,697

)

 

 

(15,640

)

Common stock issued-net, long-term incentive plan

 

 

(1,543

)

 

 

(799

)

Excess tax expense from stock-based compensation arrangements

 

 

 

 

 

(147

)

Compensation expense, long-term incentive plan

 

 

952

 

 

 

961

 

Balance, March 31,

 

$

1,537,961

 

 

$

1,508,256

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

 

6


 

Trustmark Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

($ in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Operating Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income per consolidated statements of income

 

$

31,248

 

 

$

27,003

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses, net

 

 

1,157

 

 

 

3,552

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

9,031

 

 

 

8,721

 

Net amortization of securities

 

 

2,612

 

 

 

2,087

 

Securities losses, net

 

 

 

 

 

310

 

Gains on sales of loans, net

 

 

(3,550

)

 

 

(2,591

)

Deferred income tax provision

 

 

3,900

 

 

 

125

 

Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale

 

 

263,614

 

 

 

238,007

 

Purchases and originations of loans held for sale

 

 

(263,232

)

 

 

(267,422

)

Originations of mortgage servicing rights

 

 

(3,440

)

 

 

(3,072

)

Earnings on bank-owned life insurance

 

 

(1,227

)

 

 

(1,226

)

Net decrease (increase) in other assets

 

 

6,375

 

 

 

(3,511

)

Net decrease in other liabilities

 

 

(6,693

)

 

 

(7,185

)

Other operating activities, net

 

 

90

 

 

 

7,730

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

39,885

 

 

 

2,528

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from maturities, prepayments and calls of securities held to maturity

 

 

43,854

 

 

 

72,168

 

Proceeds from maturities, prepayments and calls of securities available for sale

 

 

119,742

 

 

 

99,722

 

Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale

 

 

 

 

 

24,693

 

Purchases of securities held to maturity

 

 

(40,556

)

 

 

(50,031

)

Purchases of securities available for sale

 

 

(128,430

)

 

 

(113,654

)

Net proceeds from bank-owned life insurance

 

 

 

 

 

604

 

Net decrease in federal funds sold and securities purchased

   under reverse repurchase agreements

 

 

 

 

 

250

 

Net (increase) decrease in member bank stock

 

 

(144

)

 

 

8,280

 

Net increase in loans

 

 

(102,573

)

 

 

(153,989

)

Purchases of premises and equipment

 

 

(6,319

)

 

 

(2,814

)

Proceeds from sales of premises and equipment

 

 

5,050

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from sales of other real estate

 

 

6,856

 

 

 

10,328

 

Purchases of software

 

 

(1,065

)

 

 

(1,565

)

Investments in tax credit and other partnerships

 

 

(17

)

 

 

(46

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(103,602

)

 

 

(106,054

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase in deposits

 

 

48,460

 

 

 

45,413

 

Net (decrease) increase in federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements

 

 

(15,482

)

 

 

25,394

 

Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings

 

 

99,879

 

 

 

(65

)

Payments on long-term FHLB advances

 

 

(16

)

 

 

(30

)

Common stock dividends

 

 

(15,697

)

 

 

(15,640

)

Shares withheld to pay taxes

 

 

(1,543

)

 

 

(799

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

115,601

 

 

 

54,273

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

51,884

 

 

 

(49,253

)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 

 

327,706

 

 

 

277,751

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 

$

379,590

 

 

$

228,498

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

7


 

Trustmark Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

Note 1 – Business, Basis of Financial Statement Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

Trustmark Corporation (Trustmark) is a bank holding company headquartered in Jackson, Mississippi.  Through its subsidiaries, Trustmark operates as a financial services organization providing banking and financial solutions to corporate institutions and individual customers through 193 offices at March 31, 2017 in Alabama, Florida, Mississippi, Tennessee and Texas.  

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Trustmark and all other entities in which Trustmark has a controlling financial interest. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.  Certain reclassifications have been made to prior period amounts to conform to the current period presentation.  

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) for interim financial information and with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X.  Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by GAAP for complete financial statements and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements, and notes thereto, included in Trustmark’s 2016 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Operating results for the interim periods disclosed herein are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a full year or any future period.  In the opinion of Management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals) considered necessary for the fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements have been included.   The preparation of financial statements in conformity with these accounting principles requires Management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and income and expense during the reporting periods and the related disclosures.  Although Management’s estimates contemplate current conditions and how they are expected to change in the future, it is reasonably possible that in 2017 actual conditions could vary from those anticipated, which could affect Trustmark’s financial condition and results of operations.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Note 2 – Business Combinations

On April 7, 2017, Trustmark Corporation completed its merger with RB Bancorporation.  RB Bancorporation, with assets of $201.2 million as of March 31, 2017, was the holding company for Reliance Bank, which had seven offices serving the Huntsville, Alabama metropolitan service area (MSA). Reliance Bank was merged into Trustmark National Bank simultaneously with the merger of Trustmark and RB Bancorporation. Under the terms of the Merger Agreement dated November 14, 2016, Trustmark paid $22.00 in cash for each share of RB Bancorporation common stock outstanding, which represented total consideration for RB Bancorporation common shareholders of approximately $23.7 million.  

Trustmark will incur approximately $3.0 million of one-time expenses related to the merger with RB Bancorporation.  The estimated fair values of RB Bancorporation’s assets and liabilities are currently being determined and will be subject to refinement as additional information relative to the closing date fair values become available through the measurement period, which is not to exceed one year from the acquisition date of April 7, 2017.  

The merger with RB Bancorporation was consistent with Trustmark’s strategic plan to selectively expand the Trustmark franchise and enhance the Trustmark franchise in north Alabama.

 

8


 

Note 3 – Securities Available for Sale and Held to Maturity

The following tables are a summary of the amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities available for sale and held to maturity at March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

Securities Available for Sale

 

 

Securities Held to Maturity

 

March 31, 2017

 

Amortized

Cost

 

 

Gross

Unrealized

Gains

 

 

Gross

Unrealized

Losses

 

 

Estimated

Fair

Value

 

 

Amortized

Cost

 

 

Gross

Unrealized

Gains

 

 

Gross

Unrealized

Losses

 

 

Estimated

Fair

Value

 

U.S. Government agency obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued by U.S. Government agencies

 

$

53,700

 

 

$

376

 

 

$

(829

)

 

$

53,247

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Issued by U.S. Government sponsored

   agencies

 

 

256

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

 

 

 

274

 

 

 

3,658

 

 

 

223

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,881

 

Obligations of states and political

   subdivisions

 

 

107,930

 

 

 

2,001

 

 

 

(36

)

 

 

109,895

 

 

 

46,273

 

 

 

1,619

 

 

 

(12

)

 

 

47,880

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage pass-through

   securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Guaranteed by GNMA

 

 

43,281

 

 

 

286

 

 

 

(900

)

 

 

42,667

 

 

 

14,977

 

 

 

261

 

 

 

(66

)

 

 

15,172

 

Issued by FNMA and FHLMC

 

 

738,408

 

 

 

1,877

 

 

 

(7,071

)

 

 

733,214

 

 

 

118,733

 

 

 

264

 

 

 

(936

)

 

 

118,061

 

Other residential mortgage-backed

   securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued or guaranteed by FNMA,

   FHLMC or GNMA

 

 

1,205,842

 

 

 

5,353

 

 

 

(8,476

)

 

 

1,202,719

 

 

 

771,296

 

 

 

2,961

 

 

 

(6,271

)

 

 

767,986

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued or guaranteed by FNMA,

   FHLMC or GNMA

 

 

223,338

 

 

 

1,197

 

 

 

(997

)

 

 

223,538

 

 

 

201,130

 

 

 

1,420

 

 

 

(1,115

)

 

 

201,435

 

Total

 

$

2,372,755

 

 

$

11,108

 

 

$

(18,309

)

 

$

2,365,554

 

 

$

1,156,067

 

 

$

6,748

 

 

$

(8,400

)

 

$

1,154,415

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agency obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued by U.S. Government agencies

 

$

56,272

 

 

$

416

 

 

$

(925

)

 

$

55,763

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Issued by U.S. Government sponsored

   agencies

 

 

257

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

 

 

 

276

 

 

 

3,647

 

 

 

355

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,002

 

Obligations of states and political

   subdivisions

 

 

113,541

 

 

 

1,945

 

 

 

(113

)

 

 

115,373

 

 

 

46,303

 

 

 

1,476

 

 

 

(27

)

 

 

47,752

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage pass-through

   securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Guaranteed by GNMA

 

 

43,222

 

 

 

340

 

 

 

(776

)

 

 

42,786

 

 

 

15,478

 

 

 

280

 

 

 

(52

)

 

 

15,706

 

Issued by FNMA and FHLMC

 

 

638,809

 

 

 

1,773

 

 

 

(9,498

)

 

 

631,084

 

 

 

81,299

 

 

 

223

 

 

 

(1,084

)

 

 

80,438

 

Other residential mortgage-backed

   securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued or guaranteed by FNMA,

   FHLMC or GNMA

 

 

1,271,198

 

 

 

5,865

 

 

 

(9,112

)

 

 

1,267,951

 

 

 

803,474

 

 

 

3,208

 

 

 

(6,519

)

 

 

800,163

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued or guaranteed by FNMA,

   FHLMC or GNMA

 

 

242,869

 

 

 

1,766

 

 

 

(1,186

)

 

 

243,449

 

 

 

208,442

 

 

 

1,758

 

 

 

(1,215

)

 

 

208,985

 

Total

 

$

2,366,168

 

 

$

12,124

 

 

$

(21,610

)

 

$

2,356,682

 

 

$

1,158,643

 

 

$

7,300

 

 

$

(8,897

)

 

$

1,157,046

 

 

During 2013, Trustmark reclassified approximately $1.099 billion of securities available for sale to securities held to maturity.  The securities were transferred at fair value, which became the cost basis for the securities held to maturity.  At the date of transfer, the net unrealized holding loss on the available for sale securities totaled approximately $46.6 million ($28.8 million, net of tax).  The net unrealized holding loss is amortized over the remaining life of the securities as a yield adjustment in a manner consistent with the amortization or accretion of the original purchase premium or discount on the associated security.  There were no gains or losses recognized as a result of the transfer.  At March 31, 2017, the net unamortized, unrealized loss on the transferred securities included in accumulated other comprehensive loss in the accompanying balance sheet totaled approximately $23.0 million ($14.2 million, net of tax).

9


 

Temporarily Impaired Securities

The tables below include securities with gross unrealized losses segregated by length of impairment at March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 ($ in thousands):

 

 

Less than 12 Months

 

 

12 Months or More

 

 

Total

 

March 31, 2017

 

Estimated

Fair Value

 

 

Gross

Unrealized

Losses

 

 

Estimated

Fair Value

 

 

Gross

Unrealized

Losses

 

 

Estimated

Fair Value

 

 

Gross

Unrealized

Losses

 

U.S. Government agency obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued by U.S. Government agencies

 

$

6,941

 

 

$

(102

)

 

$

34,020

 

 

$

(727

)

 

$

40,961

 

 

$

(829

)

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

 

9,551

 

 

 

(44

)

 

 

652

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

10,203

 

 

 

(48

)

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage pass-through securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Guaranteed by GNMA

 

 

42,618

 

 

 

(964

)

 

 

212

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

42,830

 

 

 

(966

)

Issued by FNMA and FHLMC

 

 

598,901

 

 

 

(8,006

)

 

 

46

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

598,947

 

 

 

(8,007

)

Other residential mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or

   GNMA

 

 

1,067,305

 

 

 

(11,926

)

 

 

72,596

 

 

 

(2,821

)

 

 

1,139,901

 

 

 

(14,747

)

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or

   GNMA

 

 

185,475

 

 

 

(2,111

)

 

 

1,081

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

186,556

 

 

 

(2,112

)

Total

 

$

1,910,791

 

 

$

(23,153

)

 

$

108,607

 

 

$

(3,556

)

 

$

2,019,398

 

 

$

(26,709

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agency obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued by U.S. Government agencies

 

$

9,420

 

 

$

(142

)

 

$

33,248

 

 

$

(783

)

 

$

42,668

 

 

$

(925

)

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

 

20,539

 

 

 

(135

)

 

 

654

 

 

 

(5

)

 

 

21,193

 

 

 

(140

)

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage pass-through securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Guaranteed by GNMA

 

 

43,615

 

 

 

(822

)

 

 

222

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

43,837

 

 

 

(828

)

Issued by FNMA and FHLMC

 

 

588,352

 

 

 

(10,582

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

588,352

 

 

 

(10,582

)

Other residential mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or

   GNMA

 

 

1,127,501

 

 

 

(12,722

)

 

 

76,196

 

 

 

(2,909

)

 

 

1,203,697

 

 

 

(15,631

)

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or

   GNMA

 

 

244,050

 

 

 

(2,311

)

 

 

4,655

 

 

 

(90

)

 

 

248,705

 

 

 

(2,401

)

Total

 

$

2,033,477

 

 

$

(26,714

)

 

$

114,975

 

 

$

(3,793

)

 

$

2,148,452

 

 

$

(30,507

)

 

The unrealized losses shown above are due to increases in market rates over the yields available at the time of purchase of the underlying securities and not credit quality.  Because Trustmark does not intend to sell these securities and it is more likely than not that Trustmark will not be required to sell the investments before recovery of their amortized cost bases, which may be maturity, Trustmark does not consider these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at March 31, 2017.  There were no other-than-temporary impairments for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016.

Security Gains and Losses

Gains and losses as a result of calls and dispositions of securities, as well as any associated proceeds, were as follows for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

Available for Sale

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Proceeds from calls and sales of securities

 

$

 

 

$

24,693

 

Gross realized gains

 

 

 

 

 

32

 

Gross realized (losses)

 

 

 

 

 

(342

)

 

Realized gains and losses are determined using the specific identification method and are included in noninterest income as security losses, net.

10


 

Securities Pledged

Securities with a carrying value of $1.990 billion and $1.999 billion at March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively, were pledged to collateralize public deposits and securities sold under repurchase agreements and for other purposes as permitted by law.  At both March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, none of these securities were pledged under the Federal Reserve Discount Window program to provide additional contingency funding capacity.  

Contractual Maturities

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities available for sale and held to maturity at March 31, 2017, by contractual maturity, are shown below ($ in thousands).  Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 

 

 

Securities

Available for Sale

 

 

Securities

Held to Maturity

 

 

 

Amortized

Cost

 

 

Estimated

Fair Value

 

 

Amortized

Cost

 

 

Estimated

Fair Value

 

Due in one year or less

 

$

31,880

 

 

$

32,032

 

 

$

145

 

 

$

145

 

Due after one year through five years

 

 

85,618

 

 

 

87,786

 

 

 

36,380

 

 

 

37,765

 

Due after five years through ten years

 

 

6,881

 

 

 

6,880

 

 

 

13,406

 

 

 

13,851

 

Due after ten years

 

 

37,507

 

 

 

36,718

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

161,886

 

 

 

163,416

 

 

 

49,931

 

 

 

51,761

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

2,210,869

 

 

 

2,202,138

 

 

 

1,106,136

 

 

 

1,102,654

 

Total

 

$

2,372,755

 

 

$

2,365,554

 

 

$

1,156,067

 

 

$

1,154,415

 

 

 

Note 4 – Loans Held for Investment (LHFI) and Allowance for Loan Losses, LHFI

At March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, LHFI consisted of the following ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

March 31, 2017

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

859,927

 

 

$

831,437

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

1,656,837

 

 

 

1,660,043

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

2,064,352

 

 

 

2,034,176

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

399,636

 

 

 

318,148

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

1,540,783

 

 

 

1,528,434

 

Consumer loans

 

 

166,314

 

 

 

170,562

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

910,493

 

 

 

917,515

 

Other loans

 

 

406,315

 

 

 

390,898

 

LHFI (1)

 

 

8,004,657

 

 

 

7,851,213

 

Less allowance for loan losses, LHFI

 

 

72,445

 

 

 

71,265

 

Net LHFI

 

$

7,932,212

 

 

$

7,779,948

 

 

(1)

During the first quarter of 2017, Trustmark reclassified $36.7 million of acquired loans not accounted for under Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standard Codification (ASC) Topic 310-30, “Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality” to LHFI due to the discount on these loans being fully amortized.

Loan Concentrations

Trustmark does not have any loan concentrations other than those reflected in the preceding table, which exceed 10% of total LHFI.  At March 31, 2017, Trustmark’s geographic loan distribution was concentrated primarily in its five key market regions: Alabama, Florida, Mississippi, Tennessee and Texas.  Accordingly, the ultimate collectability of a substantial portion of these loans is susceptible to changes in market conditions in these areas.

11


 

Nonaccrual and Past Due LHFI

At March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the carrying amounts of nonaccrual LHFI were $61.3 million and $49.2 million, respectively.  Included in these amounts were $12.4 million and $14.4 million, respectively, of nonaccrual LHFI classified as troubled debt restructurings (TDRs).  No material interest income was recognized in the income statement on nonaccrual LHFI for each of the periods ended March 31, 2017 and 2016.

The following table details nonaccrual LHFI by loan type at March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

March 31, 2017

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

2,856

 

 

$

3,323

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

20,537

 

 

 

20,329

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

11,492

 

 

 

8,482

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

191

 

 

 

402

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

25,410

 

 

 

15,824

 

Consumer loans

 

 

325

 

 

 

300

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other loans

 

 

496

 

 

 

574

 

Total nonaccrual LHFI

 

$

61,307

 

 

$

49,234

 

The following tables provide an aging analysis of past due and nonaccrual LHFI by loan type at March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 ($ in thousands):

 

 

March 31, 2017

 

 

 

Past Due

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30-59 Days

 

 

60-89 Days

 

 

90 Days

or More (1)

 

 

Total

 

 

Nonaccrual

 

 

Current

Loans

 

 

Total LHFI

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other

   land

 

$

504

 

 

$

35

 

 

$

217

 

 

$

756

 

 

$

2,856

 

 

$

856,315

 

 

$

859,927

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

5,738

 

 

 

1,814

 

 

 

612

 

 

 

8,164

 

 

 

20,537

 

 

 

1,628,136

 

 

 

1,656,837

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential

   properties

 

 

626

 

 

 

214

 

 

 

 

 

 

840

 

 

 

11,492

 

 

 

2,052,020

 

 

 

2,064,352

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

61

 

 

 

 

 

 

228

 

 

 

289

 

 

 

191

 

 

 

399,156

 

 

 

399,636

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

813

 

 

 

51

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

876

 

 

 

25,410

 

 

 

1,514,497

 

 

 

1,540,783

 

Consumer loans

 

 

1,495

 

 

 

194

 

 

 

238

 

 

 

1,927

 

 

 

325

 

 

 

164,062

 

 

 

166,314

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

910,493

 

 

 

910,493

 

Other loans

 

 

1

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

 

 

 

41

 

 

 

496

 

 

 

405,778

 

 

 

406,315

 

Total

 

$

9,238

 

 

$

2,348

 

 

$

1,307

 

 

$

12,893

 

 

$

61,307

 

 

$

7,930,457

 

 

$

8,004,657

 

(1)

Past due 90 days or more but still accruing interest.

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

Past Due

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30-59 Days

 

 

60-89 Days

 

 

90 Days

or More (1)

 

 

Total

 

 

Nonaccrual

 

 

Current

Loans

 

 

Total LHFI

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other

   land

 

$

248

 

 

$

37

 

 

$

54

 

 

$

339

 

 

$

3,323

 

 

$

827,775

 

 

$

831,437

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

5,308

 

 

 

2,434

 

 

 

1,436

 

 

 

9,178

 

 

 

20,329

 

 

 

1,630,536

 

 

 

1,660,043

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential

   properties

 

 

606

 

 

 

100

 

 

 

 

 

 

706

 

 

 

8,482

 

 

 

2,024,988

 

 

 

2,034,176

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

179

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

179

 

 

 

402

 

 

 

317,567

 

 

 

318,148

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

571

 

 

 

213

 

 

 

 

 

 

784

 

 

 

15,824

 

 

 

1,511,826

 

 

 

1,528,434

 

Consumer loans

 

 

1,561

 

 

 

330

 

 

 

341

 

 

 

2,232

 

 

 

300

 

 

 

168,030

 

 

 

170,562

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

1,035

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,035

 

 

 

 

 

 

916,480

 

 

 

917,515

 

Other loans

 

 

178

 

 

 

53

 

 

 

 

 

 

231

 

 

 

574

 

 

 

390,093

 

 

 

390,898

 

Total

 

$

9,686

 

 

$

3,167

 

 

$

1,831

 

 

$

14,684

 

 

$

49,234

 

 

$

7,787,295

 

 

$

7,851,213

 

(1)

Past due 90 days or more but still accruing interest.

12


 

Impaired LHFI

As of January 1, 2017, Trustmark modified its presentation of individually evaluated impaired LHFI in the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements to include all commercial nonaccrual LHFI of $500 thousand or more, which are specifically reviewed for impairment and deemed impaired, and all LHFI classified as TDRs in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 310-10-50-20.  Previously, Trustmark presented all nonaccrual LHFI and LHFI classified as TDRs as impaired loans.  Nonaccrual LHFI includes both individually evaluated impaired LHFI as well as smaller balance homogeneous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment.  As a result of this change in presentation, these smaller balance homogeneous nonaccrual LHFI are included within the LHFI collectively evaluated for impairment category.  All prior period information has been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.

Trustmark’s individually evaluated impaired LHFI are primarily collateral dependent loans.  Fair value estimates for collateral dependent loans are derived from appraised values based on the current market value or as is value of the collateral, normally from recently received and reviewed appraisals.  Current appraisals are ordered on an annual basis based on the inspection date or more often if market conditions necessitate.  Appraisals are obtained from state-certified appraisers and are based on certain assumptions, which may include construction or development status and the highest and best use of the property.  These appraisals are reviewed by Trustmark’s Appraisal Review Department to ensure they are acceptable, and values are adjusted down for costs associated with asset disposal.  Once this estimated net realizable value has been determined, the value used in the impairment assessment is updated.  At the time a LHFI that has been individually evaluated for impairment is deemed to be impaired, the full difference between book value and the most likely estimate of the collateral’s net realizable value is charged off.  As subsequent events dictate and estimated net realizable values decline, required reserves may be established or further adjustments recorded.

No material interest income was recognized in the income statement on impaired LHFI for each of the periods ended March 31, 2017 and 2016.

At March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, individually evaluated impaired LHFI consisted of the following ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

March 31, 2017

 

 

 

LHFI

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unpaid

Principal

Balance

 

 

With No Related

Allowance

Recorded

 

 

With an

Allowance

Recorded

 

 

Total

Carrying

Amount

 

 

Related

Allowance

 

 

Average

Recorded

Investment

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

4,977

 

 

$

1,661

 

 

$

336

 

 

$

1,997

 

 

$

111

 

 

$

2,219

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

6,351

 

 

 

203

 

 

 

4,589

 

 

 

4,792

 

 

 

1,357

 

 

 

4,720

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

11,512

 

 

 

6,438

 

 

 

2,753

 

 

 

9,191

 

 

 

852

 

 

 

7,705

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

23,343

 

 

 

13,130

 

 

 

9,877

 

 

 

23,007

 

 

 

1,562

 

 

 

18,338

 

Consumer loans

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other loans

 

 

95

 

 

 

95

 

 

 

 

 

 

95

 

 

 

 

 

 

95

 

Total

 

$

46,279

 

 

$

21,527

 

 

$

17,556

 

 

$

39,083

 

 

$

3,882

 

 

$

33,079

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

LHFI

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unpaid

Principal

Balance

 

 

With No Related

Allowance

Recorded

 

 

With an

Allowance

Recorded

 

 

Total

Carrying

Amount

 

 

Related

Allowance

 

 

Average

Recorded

Investment

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

5,691

 

 

$

2,260

 

 

$

181

 

 

$

2,441

 

 

$

103

 

 

$

2,943

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

6,134

 

 

 

221

 

 

 

4,428

 

 

 

4,649

 

 

 

960

 

 

 

4,639

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

8,562

 

 

 

5,784

 

 

 

435

 

 

 

6,219

 

 

 

221

 

 

 

6,703

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

500

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

14,593

 

 

 

11,461

 

 

 

2,208

 

 

 

13,669

 

 

 

1,976

 

 

 

14,258

 

Consumer loans

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other loans

 

 

95

 

 

 

95

 

 

 

 

 

 

95

 

 

 

 

 

 

95

 

Total

 

$

35,077

 

 

$

19,821

 

 

$

7,254

 

 

$

27,075

 

 

$

3,260

 

 

$

29,140

 

13


 

Troubled Debt Restructurings

A TDR occurs when a borrower is experiencing financial difficulties, and for related economic or legal reasons, a concession is granted to the borrower that Trustmark would not otherwise consider.  Whatever the form of concession that might be granted by Trustmark, Management’s objective is to enhance collectability by obtaining more cash or other value from the borrower or by increasing the probability of receipt by granting the concession than by not granting it.  Other concessions may arise from court proceedings or may be imposed by law.  In addition, TDRs also include those credits that are extended or renewed to a borrower who is not able to obtain funds from sources other than Trustmark at a market interest rate for new debt with similar risk.

All loans whose terms have been modified in a troubled debt restructuring are evaluated for impairment under FASB ASC Topic 310. Accordingly, Trustmark measures any loss on the restructuring in accordance with that guidance.  A TDR in which Trustmark receives physical possession of the borrower’s assets, regardless of whether formal foreclosure or repossession proceedings take place, is accounted for in accordance with FASB ASC Subtopic 310-40, “Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors.”  Thus, the loan is treated as if assets have been received in satisfaction of the loan and reported as a foreclosed asset.  At March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, Trustmark held $234 thousand and $269 thousand, respectively, of foreclosed residential real estate as a result of foreclosure or in substance repossession of consumer mortgage LHFI classified as TDRs.  Consumer mortgage LHFI classified as TDRs in the process of formal foreclosure proceedings totaled $107 thousand at March 31, 2017compared to $101 thousand at December 31, 2016.

A TDR may be returned to accrual status if Trustmark is reasonably assured of repayment of principal and interest under the modified terms and the borrower has demonstrated sustained performance under those terms for a period of at least six months. Otherwise, the restructured loan must remain on nonaccrual.

At March 31, 2017 and 2016, LHFI classified as TDRs totaled $12.4 million and $9.2 million, respectively, and were comprised of credits with interest-only payments for an extended period of time which totaled $9.5 million and $5.7 million, respectively.  The remaining TDRs at March 31, 2017 and 2016 resulted from real estate loans discharged through Chapter 7 bankruptcy that were not reaffirmed or from payment or maturity extensions.

For TDRs, Trustmark had a related loan loss allowance of $382 thousand and $1.7 million at March 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.  LHFI classified as TDRs are charged down to the most likely fair value estimate less an estimated cost to sell for collateral dependent loans, which would approximate net realizable value.  There were no specific charge-offs related to TDRs for the three months ended March 31, 2017 or 2016. 

The following tables illustrate the impact of modifications classified as TDRs as well as those TDRs modified within the last 12 months for which there was a payment default during the period for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings

 

Number of

Contracts

 

 

Pre-Modification

Outstanding

Recorded

Investment

 

 

Post-Modification

Outstanding

Recorded

Investment

 

 

Number of

Contracts

 

 

Pre-Modification

Outstanding

Recorded

Investment

 

 

Post-Modification

Outstanding

Recorded

Investment

 

Construction, land

   development and other

   land loans

 

 

1

 

 

$

341

 

 

$

325

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Loans secured by 1-4 family

   residential properties

 

 

7

 

 

 

334

 

 

 

338

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

71

 

 

 

71

 

Total

 

 

8

 

 

$

675

 

 

$

663

 

 

 

2

 

 

$

71

 

 

$

71

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

TDRs that Subsequently Defaulted

 

Number of

Contracts

 

 

Recorded

Investment

 

 

Number of

Contracts

 

 

Recorded

Investment

 

Loans secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

1

 

 

$

 

 

 

1

 

 

$

17

 

Commercial and industrial

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

3

 

 

$

 

 

 

1

 

 

$

17

 

 

14


 

Trustmark’s TDRs have resulted primarily from allowing the borrower to pay interest-only for an extended period of time rather than from forgiveness.  Accordingly, as shown above, these TDRs have a similar recorded investment for both the pre-modification and post-modification disclosure.  Trustmark has utilized loans 90 days or more past due to define payment default in determining TDRs that have subsequently defaulted.

The following tables detail LHFI classified as TDRs by loan type at March 31, 2017 and 2016 ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

March 31, 2017

 

 

 

Accruing

 

 

Nonaccrual

 

 

Total

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

 

 

$

642

 

 

$

642

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

 

 

 

3,070

 

 

 

3,070

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

 

 

 

841

 

 

 

841

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

 

 

 

7,845

 

 

 

7,845

 

Consumer loans

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

Total TDRs

 

$

 

 

$

12,399

 

 

$

12,399

 

 

 

 

March 31, 2016

 

 

 

Accruing

 

 

Nonaccrual

 

 

Total

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

 

 

$

845

 

 

$

845

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

1,444

 

 

 

2,086

 

 

 

3,530

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

799

 

 

 

3,566

 

 

 

4,365

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

 

 

 

448

 

 

 

448

 

Total TDRs

 

$

2,243

 

 

$

6,945

 

 

$

9,188

 

Credit Quality Indicators

Trustmark’s loan portfolio credit quality indicators focus on six key quality ratios that are compared against bank tolerances.  The loan indicators are total classified outstanding, total criticized outstanding, nonperforming loans, nonperforming assets, delinquencies and net loan losses.  Due to the homogenous nature of consumer loans, Trustmark does not assign a formal internal risk rating to each credit and therefore the criticized and classified measures are primarily composed of commercial loans.

In addition to monitoring portfolio credit quality indicators, Trustmark also measures how effectively the lending process is being managed and risks are being identified.  As part of an ongoing monitoring process, Trustmark grades the commercial portfolio as it relates to credit file completion and financial statement exceptions, underwriting, collateral documentation and compliance with law as shown below:

 

Credit File Completeness and Financial Statement Exceptions – evaluates the quality and condition of credit files in terms of content, completeness and organization and focuses on efforts to obtain and document sufficient information to determine the quality and status of credits.  Also included is an evaluation of the systems/procedures used to insure compliance with policy.

 

Underwriting – evaluates whether credits are adequately analyzed, appropriately structured and properly approved within loan policy requirements.  A properly approved credit is approved by adequate authority in a timely manner with all conditions of approval fulfilled.  Total policy exceptions measure the level of underwriting and other policy exceptions within a loan portfolio.

 

Collateral Documentation – focuses on the adequacy of documentation to perfect Trustmark’s collateral position and substantiate collateral value.  Collateral exceptions measure the level of documentation exceptions within a loan portfolio.  Collateral exceptions occur when certain collateral documentation is either not present, is not considered current or has expired.

 

Compliance with Law – focuses on underwriting, documentation, approval and reporting in compliance with banking laws and regulations.  Primary emphasis is directed to the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989 (FIRREA) and Regulation O requirements.

15


 

Commercial Credits

Trustmark has established a loan grading system that consists of ten individual credit risk grades (risk ratings) that encompass a range from loans where the expectation of loss is negligible to loans where loss has been established.  The model is based on the risk of default for an individual credit and establishes certain criteria to delineate the level of risk across the ten unique credit risk grades.  Credit risk grade definitions are as follows:

 

Risk Rate (RR) 1 through RR 6 – Grades one through six represent groups of loans that are not subject to adverse criticism as defined in regulatory guidance.  Loans in these groups exhibit characteristics that represent low to moderate risk measured by using a variety of credit risk criteria such as cash flow coverage, debt service coverage, balance sheet leverage, liquidity, management experience, industry position, prevailing economic conditions, support from secondary sources of repayment and other credit factors that may be relevant to a specific loan.  In general, these loans are supported by properly margined collateral and guarantees of principal parties.

 

Other Assets Especially Mentioned (Special Mention) - (RR 7) – a loan that has a potential weakness that if not corrected will lead to a more severe rating.  This rating is for credits that are currently protected but potentially weak because of an adverse feature or condition that if not corrected will lead to a further downgrade.

 

Substandard (RR 8) – a loan that has at least one identified weakness that is well defined.  This rating is for credits where the primary sources of repayment are not viable at the time of evaluation or where either the capital or collateral is not adequate to support the loan and the secondary means of repayment do not provide a sufficient level of support to offset the identified weakness.  Loss potential exists in the aggregate amount of substandard loans but does not necessarily exist in individual loans.

 

Doubtful (RR 9) – a loan with an identified weakness that does not have a valid secondary source of repayment.  Generally these credits have an impaired primary source of repayment and secondary sources are not sufficient to prevent a loss in the credit.  The exact amount of the loss has not been determined at this time.

 

Loss (RR 10) – a loan or a portion of a loan that is deemed to be uncollectible.

By definition, credit risk grades special mention (RR 7), substandard (RR 8), doubtful (RR 9) and loss (RR 10) are criticized loans while substandard (RR 8), doubtful (RR 9) and loss (RR 10) are classified loans.  These definitions are standardized by all bank regulatory agencies and are generally equally applied to each individual lending institution.  The remaining credit risk grades are considered pass credits and are solely defined by Trustmark.

Each commercial loan is assigned a credit risk grade that is an indication for the likelihood of default and is not a direct indication of loss at default.  The loss at default aspect of the subject risk ratings is neither uniform across the nine primary commercial loan groups or constant between the geographic areas.  To account for the variance in the loss at default aspects of the risk rating system, the loss expectations for each risk rating are integrated into the allowance for loan loss methodology where the calculated loss at default is allotted for each individual risk rating with respect to the individual loan group and unique geographic area.  The loss at default aspect of the reserve methodology is calculated each quarter as a component of the overall reserve factor for each risk grade by loan group and geographic area.

To enhance this process, loans of a certain size that are rated in one of the criticized categories are routinely reviewed to establish an expectation of loss, if any, and if such examination indicates that the level of reserve is not adequate to cover the expectation of loss, a special reserve or impairment is generally applied.

The distribution of the losses is accomplished by means of a loss distribution model that assigns a loss factor to each risk rating (1 to 9) in each commercial loan pool.  A factor is not applied to risk rate 10 as loans classified as Losses are charged off within the period that the loss is determined and are not carried on Trustmark’s books over quarter-end.

The expected loss distribution is spread across the various risk ratings by the perceived level of risk for loss.  The nine grade scale described above ranges from a negligible risk of loss to an identified loss across its breadth.  The loss distribution factors are graduated through the scale on a basis proportional to the degree of risk that appears manifest in each individual rating and assumes that migration through the loan grading system will occur.

Each loan officer assesses the appropriateness of the internal risk rating assigned to their credits on an ongoing basis.  Trustmark’s Asset Review area conducts independent credit quality reviews of the majority of Trustmark’s commercial loan portfolio concentrations both on the underlying credit quality of each individual loan portfolio as well as the adherence to Trustmark’s loan policy and the loan administration process.  In general, Asset Review conducts reviews of each lending area within a six to eighteen month window depending on the overall credit quality results of the individual area.

16


 

In addition to the ongoing internal risk rate monitoring described above, Trustmark’s Credit Quality Review Committee meets monthly and performs a review of all loans of $100 thousand or more that are either delinquent thirty days or more or on nonaccrual.  This review includes recommendations regarding risk ratings, accrual status, charge-offs and appropriate servicing officer as well as evaluation of problem credits for determination of TDRs.  Quarterly, the Credit Quality Review Committee reviews and modifies continuous action plans for all credits risk rated seven or worse for relationships of $100 thousand or more.

In addition, a semi-annual review of significant development, commercial construction, multi-family and non-owner occupied projects is performed.  The review assesses each particular project with respect to location, project valuations, progress of completion, leasing status, current financial information, rents, operating expenses, cash flow, adherence to budget and projections and other information as applicable.  Summary results are reviewed by Senior and Regional Credit Officers in addition to the Chief Credit Officer with a determination as to the appropriateness of existing risk ratings and accrual status.

Consumer Credits

Consumer LHFI that do not meet a minimum custom credit score are reviewed quarterly by Management.  The Retail Credit Review Committee reviews the volume and percentage of approvals that did not meet the minimum passing custom score by region, individual location, and officer to ensure that Trustmark continues to originate quality loans. 

Trustmark monitors the levels and severity of past due consumer LHFI on a daily basis through its collection activities.  A detailed assessment of consumer LHFI delinquencies is performed monthly at both a product and market level by delivery channel, which incorporates the perceived level of risk at time of underwriting.  Trustmark also monitors its consumer LHFI delinquency trends by comparing them to quarterly industry averages.

The tables below present LHFI by loan type and credit quality indicator at March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

March 31, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial LHFI

 

 

 

 

 

Pass -

Categories 1-6

 

 

Special Mention -

Category 7

 

 

Substandard -

Category 8

 

 

Doubtful -

Category 9

 

 

Subtotal

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other

   land

 

 

 

$

790,145

 

 

$

 

 

$

6,567

 

 

$

463

 

 

$

797,175

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential

   properties

 

 

 

 

129,742

 

 

 

219

 

 

 

6,610

 

 

 

210

 

 

 

136,781

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential

   properties

 

 

 

 

2,012,125

 

 

 

9,172

 

 

 

41,597

 

 

 

760

 

 

 

2,063,654

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

 

 

388,398

 

 

 

9,938

 

 

 

680

 

 

 

 

 

 

399,016

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

 

 

1,390,084

 

 

 

18,807

 

 

 

130,806

 

 

 

1,086

 

 

 

1,540,783

 

Consumer loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

 

 

893,139

 

 

 

6,450

 

 

 

10,904

 

 

 

 

 

 

910,493

 

Other loans

 

 

 

 

399,144

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,609

 

 

 

347

 

 

 

402,100

 

Total

 

 

 

$

6,002,777

 

 

$

44,586

 

 

$

199,773

 

 

$

2,866

 

 

$

6,250,002

 

 

17


 

 

 

Consumer LHFI

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

 

Past Due

30-89 Days

 

 

Past Due

90 Days or More

 

 

Nonaccrual

 

 

Subtotal

 

 

Total LHFI

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other

   land

 

$

62,185

 

 

$

446

 

 

$

 

 

$

121

 

 

$

62,752

 

 

$

859,927

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential

   properties

 

 

1,495,639

 

 

 

6,638

 

 

 

612

 

 

 

17,167

 

 

 

1,520,056

 

 

 

1,656,837

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential

   properties

 

 

698

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

698

 

 

 

2,064,352

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

620

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

620

 

 

 

399,636

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,540,783

 

Consumer loans

 

 

164,063

 

 

 

1,689

 

 

 

238

 

 

 

324

 

 

 

166,314

 

 

 

166,314

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

910,493

 

Other loans

 

 

4,175

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,215

 

 

 

406,315

 

Total

 

$

1,727,380

 

 

$

8,813

 

 

$

850

 

 

$

17,612

 

 

$

1,754,655

 

 

$

8,004,657

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial LHFI

 

 

 

 

 

Pass -

Categories 1-6

 

 

Special Mention -

Category 7

 

 

Substandard -

Category 8

 

 

Doubtful -

Category 9

 

 

Subtotal

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other

   land

 

 

 

$

752,318

 

 

$

9,567

 

 

$

8,086

 

 

$

465

 

 

$

770,436

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential

   properties

 

 

 

 

124,615

 

 

 

170

 

 

 

6,162

 

 

 

129

 

 

 

131,076

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential

   properties

 

 

 

 

1,989,554

 

 

 

4,394

 

 

 

38,913

 

 

 

584

 

 

 

2,033,445

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

 

 

315,829

 

 

 

762

 

 

 

890

 

 

 

 

 

 

317,481

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

 

 

1,386,155

 

 

 

7,095

 

 

 

134,199

 

 

 

985

 

 

 

1,528,434

 

Consumer loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

 

 

899,935

 

 

 

6,450

 

 

 

11,130

 

 

 

 

 

 

917,515

 

Other loans

 

 

 

 

382,890

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,685

 

 

 

350

 

 

 

385,925

 

Total

 

 

 

$

5,851,296

 

 

$

28,438

 

 

$

202,065

 

 

$

2,513

 

 

$

6,084,312

 

 

 

 

Consumer LHFI

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

 

Past Due

30-89 Days

 

 

Past Due

90 Days or More

 

 

Nonaccrual

 

 

Subtotal

 

 

Total LHFI

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other

   land

 

$

60,701

 

 

$

188

 

 

$

54

 

 

$

58

 

 

$

61,001

 

 

$

831,437

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential

   properties

 

 

1,503,096

 

 

 

7,377

 

 

 

1,436

 

 

 

17,058

 

 

 

1,528,967

 

 

 

1,660,043

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential

   properties

 

 

731

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

731

 

 

 

2,034,176

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

667

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

667

 

 

 

318,148

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,528,434

 

Consumer loans

 

 

168,031

 

 

 

1,891

 

 

 

341

 

 

 

299

 

 

 

170,562

 

 

 

170,562

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

917,515

 

Other loans

 

 

4,940

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,973

 

 

 

390,898

 

Total

 

$

1,738,166

 

 

$

9,489

 

 

$

1,831

 

 

$

17,415

 

 

$

1,766,901

 

 

$

7,851,213

 

18


 

Past Due Loans Held for Sale (LHFS)

LHFS past due 90 days or more totaled $31.1 million and $28.3 million at March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.  LHFS past due 90 days or more are serviced loans eligible for repurchase, which are fully guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA).  GNMA optional repurchase programs allow financial institutions to buy back individual delinquent mortgage loans that meet certain criteria from the securitized loan pool for which the institution provides servicing.  At the servicer’s option and without GNMA’s prior authorization, the servicer may repurchase such a delinquent loan for an amount equal to 100 percent of the remaining principal balance of the loan.  This buy-back option is considered a conditional option until the delinquency criteria are met, at which time the option becomes unconditional.  When Trustmark is deemed to have regained effective control over these loans under the unconditional buy-back option, the loans can no longer be reported as sold and must be brought back onto the balance sheet as loans held for sale, regardless of whether Trustmark intends to exercise the buy-back option.  These loans are reported as held for sale with the offsetting liability being reported as short-term borrowings.

Trustmark did not exercise its buy-back option on any delinquent loans serviced for GNMA during the first three months of 2017 or 2016.

Allowance for Loan Losses, LHFI

Trustmark’s allowance for loan loss methodology for commercial LHFI is based upon regulatory guidance from its primary regulator and GAAP.  The methodology segregates the commercial purpose and commercial construction LHFI portfolios into nine separate loan types (or pools) which have similar characteristics such as repayment, collateral and risk profiles.  The nine basic loan pools are further segregated into Trustmark’s five key market regions, Alabama, Florida, Mississippi, Tennessee and Texas, to take into consideration the uniqueness of each market.  A 10-point risk rating system is utilized for each separate loan pool to apply a reserve factor consisting of quantitative and qualitative components to determine the needed allowance by each loan type.  As a result, there are 450 risk rate factors for commercial loan types.  The nine separate pools are shown below:

Commercial Purpose LHFI

 

Real Estate – Owner-Occupied

 

Real Estate – Non-Owner Occupied

 

Working Capital

 

Non-Working Capital

 

Land

 

Lots and Development

 

Political Subdivisions

Commercial Construction LHFI

 

1 to 4 Family

 

Non-1 to 4 Family

The quantitative factors of the allowance methodology reflect a twelve-quarter rolling average of net charge-offs by loan type within each key market region.  This allows for a greater sensitivity to current trends, such as economic changes, as well as current loss profiles and creates a more accurate depiction of historical losses.

Qualitative factors used in the allowance methodology include the following:

 

National and regional economic trends and conditions

 

Impact of recent performance trends

 

Experience, ability and effectiveness of management

 

Adherence to Trustmark’s loan policies, procedures and internal controls

 

Collateral, financial and underwriting exception trends

19


 

 

Credit concentrations

 

Loan facility risk

 

Acquisitions

 

Catastrophe

Each qualitative factor is converted to a scale ranging from 0 (No risk) to 100 (High Risk), other than the last two factors, which are applied on a dollar-for-dollar basis to ensure that the combination of such factors is proportional. The resulting ratings from the individual factors are weighted and summed to establish the weighted-average qualitative factor within each key market region.

The allowance for loan loss methodology segregates the consumer LHFI portfolio into homogeneous pools of loans that contain similar structure, repayment, collateral and risk profiles.  These homogeneous pools of loans are shown below:

 

Residential Mortgage

 

Direct Consumer

 

Junior Lien on 1-4 Family Residential Properties

 

Credit Cards

 

Overdrafts

The historical loss experience for these pools is determined by calculating a 12-quarter rolling average of net charge-offs, which is applied to each pool to establish the quantitative aspect of the methodology.  Where, in Management’s estimation, the calculated loss experience does not fully cover the anticipated loss for a pool, an estimate is also applied to each pool to establish the qualitative aspect of the methodology, which represents the perceived risks across the loan portfolio at the current point in time.  This qualitative methodology utilizes five separate factors made up of unique components that when weighted and combined produce an estimated level of reserve for each of the loan pools.  The five qualitative factors include the following:

 

Economic indicators

 

Performance trends

 

Management experience

 

Credit concentrations

 

Loan policy exceptions

The risk measure for each factor is converted to a scale ranging from 0 (No risk) to 100 (High Risk) to ensure that the combination of such factors is proportional.  The determination of the risk measurement for each qualitative factor is done for all markets combined.  The resulting estimated reserve factor is then applied to each pool.

The resulting ratings from the individual factors are weighted and summed to establish the weighted-average qualitative factor of a specific loan portfolio.  This weighted-average qualitative factor is then applied over the five loan pools.

Trustmark’s loan policy dictates the guidelines to be followed in determining when a loan is charged off.  Commercial purpose loans are charged off when a determination is made that the loan is uncollectible and continuance as a bankable asset is not warranted or an impairment evaluation indicates that a value adjustment is necessary.  Consumer loans secured by 1-4 family residential real estate are generally charged off or written down when the credit becomes severely delinquent and the balance exceeds the fair value of the property less costs to sell.  Non-real estate consumer purpose loans, both secured and unsecured, are generally charged off in full during the month in which the loan becomes 120 days past due.  Credit card loans are generally charged off in full when the loan becomes 180 days past due.

20


 

The following tables detail the balance in the allowance for loan losses, LHFI allocated to each loan type segmented by the impairment evaluation methodology used at March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

March 31, 2017

 

 

 

Individually

 

 

Collectively

 

 

Total

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

111

 

 

$

8,415

 

 

$

8,526

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

1,357

 

 

 

9,430

 

 

 

10,787

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

852

 

 

 

21,056

 

 

 

21,908

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

 

 

 

3,139

 

 

 

3,139

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

1,562

 

 

 

20,089

 

 

 

21,651

 

Consumer loans

 

 

 

 

 

3,192

 

 

 

3,192

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

 

 

 

848

 

 

 

848

 

Other loans

 

 

 

 

 

2,394

 

 

 

2,394

 

Total allowance for loan losses, LHFI

 

$

3,882

 

 

$

68,563

 

 

$

72,445

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

Individually

 

 

Collectively

 

 

Total

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land loans

 

$

103

 

 

$

8,982

 

 

$

9,085

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

960

 

 

 

9,387

 

 

 

10,347

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

221

 

 

 

20,746

 

 

 

20,967

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

 

 

 

2,263

 

 

 

2,263

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

1,976

 

 

 

20,035

 

 

 

22,011

 

Consumer loans

 

 

 

 

 

3,241

 

 

 

3,241

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

 

 

 

859

 

 

 

859

 

Other loans

 

 

 

 

 

2,492

 

 

 

2,492

 

Total allowance for loan losses, LHFI

 

$

3,260

 

 

$

68,005

 

 

$

71,265

 

The following tables detail LHFI by loan type related to each balance in the allowance for loan losses, LHFI segregated by the impairment evaluation methodology used at March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

March 31, 2017

 

 

 

LHFI Evaluated for Impairment

 

 

 

Individually

 

 

Collectively

 

 

Total

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

1,997

 

 

$

857,930

 

 

$

859,927

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

4,792

 

 

 

1,652,045

 

 

 

1,656,837

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

9,191

 

 

 

2,055,161

 

 

 

2,064,352

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

 

 

 

399,636

 

 

 

399,636

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

23,007

 

 

 

1,517,776

 

 

 

1,540,783

 

Consumer loans

 

 

1

 

 

 

166,313

 

 

 

166,314

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

 

 

 

910,493

 

 

 

910,493

 

Other loans

 

 

95

 

 

 

406,220

 

 

 

406,315

 

Total

 

$

39,083

 

 

$

7,965,574

 

 

$

8,004,657

 

 

21


 

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

LHFI Evaluated for Impairment

 

 

 

Individually

 

 

Collectively

 

 

Total

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

2,441

 

 

$

828,996

 

 

$

831,437

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

4,649

 

 

 

1,655,394

 

 

 

1,660,043

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

6,219

 

 

 

2,027,957

 

 

 

2,034,176

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

 

 

 

318,148

 

 

 

318,148

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

13,669

 

 

 

1,514,765

 

 

 

1,528,434

 

Consumer loans

 

 

2

 

 

 

170,560

 

 

 

170,562

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

 

 

 

917,515

 

 

 

917,515

 

Other loans

 

 

95

 

 

 

390,803

 

 

 

390,898

 

Total

 

$

27,075

 

 

$

7,824,138

 

 

$

7,851,213

 

Changes in the allowance for loan losses, LHFI were as follows for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

71,265

 

 

$

67,619

 

Loans charged-off

 

 

(4,202

)

 

 

(3,363

)

Recoveries

 

 

2,620

 

 

 

3,169

 

Net charge-offs

 

 

(1,582

)

 

 

(194

)

Provision for loan losses, LHFI

 

 

2,762

 

 

 

2,243

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

72,445

 

 

$

69,668

 

 

The following tables detail changes in the allowance for loan losses, LHFI by loan type for the periods ended March 31, 2017 and 2016 ($ in thousands):

 

 

2017

 

 

 

Balance

January 1,

 

 

Charge-offs

 

 

Recoveries

 

 

Provision for

Loan Losses

 

 

Balance

March 31,

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

9,085

 

 

$

(58

)

 

$

303

 

 

$

(804

)

 

$

8,526

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

10,347

 

 

 

(241

)

 

 

152

 

 

 

529

 

 

 

10,787

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

20,967

 

 

 

 

 

 

182

 

 

 

759

 

 

 

21,908

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

2,263

 

 

 

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

856

 

 

 

3,139

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

22,011

 

 

 

(1,984

)

 

 

488

 

 

 

1,136

 

 

 

21,651

 

Consumer loans

 

 

3,241

 

 

 

(745

)

 

 

480

 

 

 

216

 

 

 

3,192

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

859

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(11

)

 

 

848

 

Other loans

 

 

2,492

 

 

 

(1,174

)

 

 

995

 

 

 

81

 

 

 

2,394

 

Total allowance for loan losses, LHFI

 

$

71,265

 

 

$

(4,202

)

 

$

2,620

 

 

$

2,762

 

 

$

72,445

 

 

 

 

2016

 

 

 

Balance

January 1,

 

 

Charge-offs

 

 

Recoveries

 

 

Provision for

Loan Losses

 

 

Balance

March 31,

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land loans

 

$

11,587

 

 

$

 

 

$

492

 

 

$

(1,937

)

 

$

10,142

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

10,678

 

 

 

(692

)

 

 

457

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

10,473

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

21,563

 

 

 

(27

)

 

 

119

 

 

 

2,052

 

 

 

23,707

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

2,467

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

(395

)

 

 

2,073

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

15,815

 

 

 

(770

)

 

 

123

 

 

 

2,481

 

 

 

17,649

 

Consumer loans

 

 

2,879

 

 

 

(484

)

 

 

1,010

 

 

 

(601

)

 

 

2,804

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

809

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

816

 

Other loans

 

 

1,821

 

 

 

(1,390

)

 

 

967

 

 

 

606

 

 

 

2,004

 

Total allowance for loan losses, LHFI

 

$

67,619

 

 

$

(3,363

)

 

$

3,169

 

 

$

2,243

 

 

$

69,668

 

 

 

22


 

Note 5 – Acquired Loans

The presentation of the acquired loans disclosures has been modified from prior filings to eliminate the segmentation of acquired noncovered loans and acquired covered loans due to the significantly reduced size of the acquired covered loan portfolio.  Trustmark’s loss share agreement with the FDIC covering the acquired covered loans other than loans secured by 1-4 family residential properties expired on June 30, 2016.  Trustmark’s loss share agreement with the FDIC covering the acquired covered loans secured by 1-4 family residential properties will expire in 2021. Effective July 1, 2016, all acquired covered loans excluding the acquired covered loans secured by 1-4 family residential properties were reclassified to acquired noncovered loans.  The revised presentation reflects total acquired loan information in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and tables below.  All prior period information has been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.

At March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, acquired loans consisted of the following ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

March 31, 2017

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

17,651

 

 

$

20,850

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

54,721

 

 

 

69,540

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

92,075

 

 

 

103,820

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

16,275

 

 

 

19,010

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

20,691

 

 

 

36,896

 

Consumer loans

 

 

2,664

 

 

 

3,365

 

Other loans

 

 

14,165

 

 

 

18,766

 

Acquired loans

 

 

218,242

 

 

 

272,247

 

Less allowance for loan losses, acquired loans

 

 

10,006

 

 

 

11,397

 

Net acquired loans

 

$

208,236

 

 

$

260,850

 

 

The following table presents changes in the net carrying value of the acquired loans for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

Acquired

Impaired

 

 

Acquired

Not ASC

310-30 (1)

 

Carrying value, net at January 1, 2016

 

$

310,762

 

 

$

67,657

 

Accretion to interest income

 

 

18,405

 

 

 

40

 

Payments received, net

 

 

(111,522

)

 

 

(24,953

)

Other (2)

 

 

(134

)

 

 

 

Less change in allowance for loan losses, acquired loans

 

 

596

 

 

 

(1

)

Carrying value, net at December 31, 2016

 

 

218,107

 

 

 

42,743

 

Transfers (3)

 

 

 

 

 

(36,719

)

Accretion to interest income

 

 

3,673

 

 

 

 

Payments received, net

 

 

(14,645

)

 

 

(6,024

)

Other (2)

 

 

(290

)

 

 

 

Less change in allowance for loan losses, acquired loans

 

 

1,391

 

 

 

 

Carrying value, net at March 31, 2017

 

$

208,236

 

 

$

 

 

(1)

"Acquired Not ASC 310-30" loans consist of revolving credit agreements and commercial leases that are not in scope for FASB ASC Topic 310-30, "Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality."

(2)

Includes miscellaneous timing adjustments as well as acquired loan terminations through foreclosure, charge-off and other terminations.

(3)

During the first quarter of 2017, Trustmark transferred the remaining balance of the “Acquired Not ASC 310-30” loans to LHFI due to the discount on these loans being fully amortized.

23


 

Under FASB ASC Topic 310-30, the accretable yield is the excess of expected cash flows at acquisition over the initial fair value of acquired impaired loans and is recorded as interest income over the estimated life of the loans using the effective yield method if the timing and amount of the future cash flows is reasonably estimable.  The following table presents changes in the accretable yield for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Accretable yield at beginning of period

 

$

(38,918

)

 

$

(52,672

)

Accretion to interest income

 

 

3,673

 

 

 

5,230

 

(Additions)/disposals

 

 

(183

)

 

 

1,067

 

Reclassification from nonaccretable difference (1)

 

 

(1,788

)

 

 

(3,403

)

Accretable yield at end of period

 

$

(37,216

)

 

$

(49,778

)

 

(1)

Reclassifications from nonaccretable difference are due to lower loss expectations and improvements in expected cash flows.

The following tables present the components of the allowance for loan losses on acquired loans for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

11,397

 

 

$

11,992

 

Provision for loan losses, acquired loans

 

 

(1,605

)

 

 

1,309

 

Loans charged-off

 

 

 

 

 

(397

)

Recoveries

 

 

214

 

 

 

631

 

Net recoveries

 

 

214

 

 

 

234

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

10,006

 

 

$

13,535

 

 

As discussed in Note 4 - Loans Held for Investment (LHFI) and Allowance for Loan Losses, LHFI, Trustmark has established a loan grading system that consists of ten individual credit risk grades (risk ratings) that encompass a range from loans where the expectation of loss is negligible to loans where loss has been established.  The model is based on the risk of default for an individual credit and establishes certain criteria to segregate the level of risk across the ten unique risk ratings.  These credit quality measures are unique to commercial loans.  Credit quality for consumer loans is based on individual credit scores, aging status of the loan and payment activity.

24


 

The tables below present the acquired loans by loan type and credit quality indicator at March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 ($ in thousands):

 

 

March 31, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass -

Categories 1-6

 

 

Special Mention -

Category 7

 

 

Substandard -

Category 8

 

 

Doubtful -

Category 9

 

 

Subtotal

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development

   and other land

 

 

 

 

 

$

11,322

 

 

$

93

 

 

$

4,130

 

 

$

522

 

 

$

16,067

 

Secured by 1-4 family

   residential properties

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,649

 

 

 

52

 

 

 

3,573

 

 

 

52

 

 

 

16,326

 

Secured by nonfarm,

   nonresidential properties

 

 

 

 

 

 

73,125

 

 

 

 

 

 

18,389

 

 

 

515

 

 

 

92,029

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,775

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,536

 

 

 

544

 

 

 

15,855

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,354

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

7,202

 

 

 

1,117

 

 

 

20,691

 

Consumer loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,613

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,432

 

 

 

117

 

 

 

14,162

 

Total acquired loans

 

 

 

 

 

$

130,838

 

 

$

163

 

 

$

41,262

 

 

$

2,867

 

 

$

175,130

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

 

Past Due

30-89 Days

 

 

Past Due

90 Days or More

 

 

Nonaccrual (1)

 

 

Subtotal

 

 

Total

Acquired Loans

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development

   and other land

 

$

1,469

 

 

$

102

 

 

$

13

 

 

$

 

 

$

1,584

 

 

$

17,651

 

Secured by 1-4 family

   residential properties

 

 

36,509

 

 

 

1,500

 

 

 

386

 

 

 

 

 

 

38,395

 

 

 

54,721

 

Secured by nonfarm,

   nonresidential properties

 

 

46

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

46

 

 

 

92,075

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

420

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

420

 

 

 

16,275

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20,691

 

Consumer loans

 

 

2,603

 

 

 

58

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,664

 

 

 

2,664

 

Other loans

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

14,165

 

Total acquired loans

 

$

41,050

 

 

$

1,660

 

 

$

402

 

 

$

 

 

$

43,112

 

 

$

218,242

 

 

(1)

Acquired loans not accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 310-30.

 

25


 

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass -

Categories 1-6

 

 

Special Mention -

Category 7

 

 

Substandard -

Category 8

 

 

Doubtful -

Category 9

 

 

Subtotal

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development

   and other land

 

 

 

 

 

$

12,148

 

 

$

99

 

 

$

6,469

 

 

$

322

 

 

$

19,038

 

Secured by 1-4 family

   residential properties

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,552

 

 

 

61

 

 

 

4,066

 

 

 

69

 

 

 

18,748

 

Secured by nonfarm,

   nonresidential properties

 

 

 

 

 

 

83,271

 

 

 

435

 

 

 

19,553

 

 

 

511

 

 

 

103,770

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,344

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,673

 

 

 

565

 

 

 

18,582

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

22,024

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

13,494

 

 

 

1,354

 

 

 

36,890

 

Consumer loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,954

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,649

 

 

 

161

 

 

 

18,764

 

Total acquired loans

 

 

 

 

 

$

160,293

 

 

$

613

 

 

$

51,904

 

 

$

2,982

 

 

$

215,792

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

 

Past Due

30-89 Days

 

 

Past Due

90 Days or More

 

 

Nonaccrual (1)

 

 

Subtotal

 

 

Total

Acquired Loans

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development

   and other land

 

$

1,801

 

 

$

 

 

$

11

 

 

$

 

 

$

1,812

 

 

$

20,850

 

Secured by 1-4 family

   residential properties

 

 

48,695

 

 

 

1,364

 

 

 

709

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

50,792

 

 

 

69,540

 

Secured by nonfarm,

   nonresidential properties

 

 

50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

50

 

 

 

103,820

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

428

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

428

 

 

 

19,010

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

36,896

 

Consumer loans

 

 

3,250

 

 

 

51

 

 

 

64

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,365

 

 

 

3,365

 

Other loans

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

18,766

 

Total acquired loans

 

$

54,232

 

 

$

1,415

 

 

$

784

 

 

$

24

 

 

$

56,455

 

 

$

272,247

 

 

(1)

Acquired loans not accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 310-30.

At March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, there were no acquired impaired loans accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 310-30 classified as nonaccrual loans.  At March 31, 2017, there were no acquired loans not accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 310-30 classified as nonaccrual loans as a result of the transfer of the remaining balance of the acquired loans not accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 310-30 to the LHFI portfolio during the first quarter of 2017.  Approximately $631 thousand of acquired loans not accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 310-30 were classified as nonaccrual loans at December 31, 2016.

26


 

The following tables provide an aging analysis of contractually past due and nonaccrual acquired loans by loan type at March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 ($ in thousands):

 

 

March 31, 2017

 

 

 

Past Due

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30-59 Days

 

 

60-89 Days

 

 

90 Days

or More (1)

 

 

Total

 

 

Nonaccrual (2)

 

 

Current

Loans

 

 

Total Acquired

Loans

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development

   and other land

 

$

102

 

 

$

176

 

 

$

1,513

 

 

$

1,791

 

 

$

 

 

$

15,860

 

 

$

17,651

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential

   properties

 

 

1,568

 

 

 

625

 

 

 

683

 

 

 

2,876

 

 

 

 

 

 

51,845

 

 

 

54,721

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential

   properties

 

 

166

 

 

 

1,739

 

 

 

1,850

 

 

 

3,755

 

 

 

 

 

 

88,320

 

 

 

92,075

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

576

 

 

 

576

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,699

 

 

 

16,275

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

18

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

 

 

 

20,668

 

 

 

20,691

 

Consumer loans

 

 

58

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

61

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,603

 

 

 

2,664

 

Other loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,165

 

 

 

14,165

 

Total acquired loans

 

$

1,912

 

 

$

2,540

 

 

$

4,630

 

 

$

9,082

 

 

$

 

 

$

209,160

 

 

$

218,242

 

 

(1)

Past due 90 days or more but still accruing interest.

(2)

Acquired loans not accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 310-30.

 

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

Past Due

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30-59 Days

 

 

60-89 Days

 

 

90 Days

or More (1)

 

 

Total

 

 

Nonaccrual (2)

 

 

Current

Loans

 

 

Total Acquired

Loans

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and

   other land

 

$

321

 

 

$

100

 

 

$

821

 

 

$

1,242

 

 

$

 

 

$

19,608

 

 

$

20,850

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential

   properties

 

 

1,495

 

 

 

412

 

 

 

1,057

 

 

 

2,964

 

 

 

41

 

 

 

66,535

 

 

 

69,540

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential

   properties

 

 

1,658

 

 

 

38

 

 

 

343

 

 

 

2,039

 

 

 

328

 

 

 

101,453

 

 

 

103,820

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

769

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,445

 

 

 

2,214

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,796

 

 

 

19,010

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

60

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

 

 

 

99

 

 

 

262

 

 

 

36,535

 

 

 

36,896

 

Consumer loans

 

 

51

 

 

 

 

 

 

64

 

 

 

115

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,250

 

 

 

3,365

 

Other loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18,766

 

 

 

18,766

 

Total acquired loans

 

$

4,354

 

 

$

589

 

 

$

3,730

 

 

$

8,673

 

 

$

631

 

 

$

262,943

 

 

$

272,247

 

 

(1)

Past due 90 days or more but still accruing interest.

(2)

Acquired loans not accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 310-30.

 

 

Note 6 – Mortgage Banking

The activity in the mortgage servicing rights (MSR) is detailed in the table below for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

80,239

 

 

$

74,007

 

Origination of servicing assets

 

 

3,440

 

 

 

3,072

 

Change in fair value:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to market changes

 

 

1,466

 

 

 

(6,866

)

Due to run-off

 

 

(2,387

)

 

 

(2,005

)

Balance at end of period

 

$

82,758

 

 

$

68,208

 

 

27


 

During the first three months of 2017 and 2016, Trustmark sold $260.1 million and $235.4 million, respectively, of residential mortgage loans.  Pretax gains on these sales were recorded to noninterest income in mortgage banking, net and totaled $3.6 million for the first three months of 2017 compared to $2.6 million for the first three months of 2016.  The table below details the mortgage loans sold and serviced for others at March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

March 31, 2017

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

Federal National Mortgage Association

 

$

4,033,540

 

 

$

3,992,349

 

Government National Mortgage Association

 

 

2,307,321

 

 

 

2,291,398

 

Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation

 

 

53,377

 

 

 

55,006

 

Other

 

 

30,264

 

 

 

32,589

 

Total mortgage loans sold and serviced for others

 

$

6,424,502

 

 

$

6,371,342

 

 

Trustmark is subject to losses in its loan servicing portfolio due to loan foreclosures.  Trustmark has obligations to either repurchase the outstanding principal balance of a loan or make the purchaser whole for the economic benefits of a loan if it is determined that the loan sold was in violation of representations or warranties made by Trustmark at the time of the sale, herein referred to as mortgage loan servicing putback expenses.  Such representations and warranties typically include those made regarding loans that had missing or insufficient file documentation, loans that do not meet investor guidelines, loans in which the appraisal does not support the value and/or loans obtained through fraud by the borrowers or other third parties.  Generally, putback requests may be made until the loan is paid in full.  However, mortgage loans delivered to Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA) and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC) on or after January 1, 2013 are subject to the Lending and Selling Representations and Warranties Framework updated in May 2014, which provides certain instances in which FNMA and FHLMC will not exercise their remedies, including a putback request, for breaches of certain selling representations and warranties, such as payment history and quality control review.

When a putback request is received, Trustmark evaluates the request and takes appropriate actions based on the nature of the request.  Trustmark is required by FNMA and FHLMC to provide a response to putback requests within 60 days of the date of receipt.  Currently, putback requests primarily relate to 2009 through 2013 vintage mortgage loans.  Trustmark incurred $105 thousand of mortgage loan servicing putback expenses, included in other expense, during both the first three months of 2017 and 2016.

Changes in the reserve for mortgage loan servicing putback expense for mortgage loans were as follows for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

1,130

 

 

$

1,685

 

Provision for putback expenses

 

 

105

 

 

 

105

 

Gains (losses)

 

 

16

 

 

 

(5

)

Balance at end of period

 

$

1,251

 

 

$

1,785

 

There is inherent uncertainty in reasonably estimating the requirement for reserves against potential future mortgage loan servicing putback expenses.  Future putback expenses are dependent on many subjective factors, including the review procedures of the purchasers and the potential refinance activity on loans sold with servicing released and the subsequent consequences under the representations and warranties.  Trustmark believes that it has appropriately reserved for potential mortgage loan servicing putback requests.

 

 

Note 7 – Other Real Estate

At March 31, 2017, Trustmark’s geographic other real estate distribution was concentrated primarily in its five key market regions: Alabama, Florida, Mississippi, Tennessee and Texas.  The ultimate recovery of a substantial portion of the carrying amount of other real estate is susceptible to changes in market conditions in these areas.

28


 

For the periods presented, changes and gains, net on other real estate were as follows ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016  (1)

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

62,051

 

 

$

78,828

 

Additions

 

 

1,766

 

 

 

3,608

 

Disposals

 

 

(6,385

)

 

 

(8,994

)

Write-downs

 

 

(1,464

)

 

 

(1,140

)

Balance at end of period

 

$

55,968

 

 

$

72,302

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gain, net on the sale of other real estate included in

   other real estate expense

 

$

470

 

 

$

1,868

 

 

(1)

The changes and gains, net on other real estate for the three months ended March 31, 2016 include covered other real estate.  

 

At March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, other real estate by type of property consisted of the following ($ in thousands):

 

 

March 31, 2017

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

Construction, land development and other land properties

 

$

35,256

 

 

$

36,871

 

1-4 family residential properties

 

 

6,818

 

 

 

7,926

 

Nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

13,457

 

 

 

16,817

 

Other real estate properties

 

 

437

 

 

 

437

 

Total other real estate

 

$

55,968

 

 

$

62,051

 

 

At March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, other real estate by geographic location consisted of the following ($ in thousands):

 

 

March 31, 2017

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

Alabama

 

$

13,953

 

 

$

15,989

 

Florida

 

 

21,577

 

 

 

22,582

 

Mississippi (1)

 

 

14,974

 

 

 

15,646

 

Tennessee (2)

 

 

4,706

 

 

 

6,183

 

Texas

 

 

758

 

 

 

1,651

 

Total other real estate

 

$

55,968

 

 

$

62,051

 

 

(1)

Mississippi includes Central and Southern Mississippi Regions

(2)

Tennessee includes Memphis, Tennessee and Northern Mississippi Regions

 

 

Note 8 – Deposits

At March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, deposits consisted of the following ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

March 31, 2017

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

Noninterest-bearing demand

 

$

3,209,727

 

 

$

2,973,238

 

Interest-bearing demand

 

 

1,927,415

 

 

 

1,875,312

 

Savings

 

 

3,295,565

 

 

 

3,586,369

 

Time

 

 

1,671,765

 

 

 

1,621,093

 

Total

 

$

10,104,472

 

 

$

10,056,012

 

 

 

29


 

Note 9 – Securities Sold Under Repurchase Agreements

Trustmark utilizes securities sold under repurchase agreements as a source of borrowing in connection with overnight repurchase agreements offered to commercial deposit customers by using its unencumbered investment securities as collateral.  Trustmark accounts for its securities sold under repurchase agreements as secured borrowings in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 860-30, “Transfers and Servicing – Secured Borrowing and Collateral.”  Securities sold under repurchase agreements are stated at the amount of cash received in connection with the transaction.  Trustmark monitors collateral levels on a continual basis and may be required to provide additional collateral based on the fair value of the underlying securities.  Securities sold under repurchase agreements were secured by securities with a carrying amount of $277.8 million and $284.4 million at March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.  Trustmark’s repurchase agreements are transacted under master repurchase agreements that give Trustmark, in the event of default by the counterparty, the right of offset with the same counterparty.  As of March 31, 2017, all repurchase agreements were short-term and consisted primarily of sweep repurchase arrangements, under which excess deposits are “swept” into overnight repurchase agreements with Trustmark.  The following table presents the securities sold under repurchase agreements by collateral pledged at March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

March 31, 2017

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other residential mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or GNMA

 

$

87,525

 

 

$

75,795

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or GNMA

 

 

51,691

 

 

 

51,212

 

Total securities sold under repurchase agreements

 

$

139,216

 

 

$

127,007

 

 

 

Note 10 – Defined Benefit and Other Postretirement Benefits

Qualified Pension Plans

Trustmark maintained a noncontributory tax-qualified defined benefit pension plan (Trustmark Capital Accumulation Plan, the “Plan”), in which substantially all associates who began employment prior to 2007 participated.  The Plan provided for retirement benefits based on the length of credited service and final average compensation, as defined in the Plan, which vested upon three years of service.  Benefit accruals under the Plan were frozen in 2009, with the exception of certain associates covered through plans obtained in acquisitions that were subsequently merged into the Plan.  Other than the associates covered through these acquired plans that were merged into the Plan, associates have not earned additional benefits, except for interest as required by law, since the Plan was frozen.  Current and former associates who participate in the Plan retain their right to receive benefits that accrued before the Plan was frozen.

 

As previously reported, on July 26, 2016, the Board of Directors of Trustmark authorized the termination of the Plan, effective as of December 31, 2016. To satisfy commitments made by Trustmark to associates (collectively, the “Continuing Associates”) covered through acquired plans that were merged into the Plan, the Board also approved the spin-off of the portion of the Plan associated with the accrued benefits of the Continuing Associates into a new plan titled the Trustmark Corporation Pension Plan for Certain Employees of Acquired Financial Institutions (the “Spin-Off Plan”), effective as of December 31, 2016, immediately prior to the termination of the Plan.    

 

In order to terminate the Plan, in accordance with Internal Revenue Service (IRS) and Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation requirements, Trustmark is required to fully fund the Plan on a termination basis and will contribute the additional assets necessary to do so. The final distributions will be made from current plan assets and a one-time pension settlement expense will be recognized when paid by Trustmark during the second quarter of 2017.  Participants in the Plan will have a choice of receiving a lump sum cash payment or annuity payments under a group annuity contract purchased from an insurance carrier, subject to certain exceptions. As a result of the termination of the Plan, each participant will become fully vested in his or her accrued benefits under the Plan.   

 

The Board reserved the right to defer or revoke the termination of the Plan if circumstances change such that deferral or revocation would be warranted, but has no intent to do so at this time.

 

30


 

The following table presents information regarding the net periodic benefit cost for the Plan and the Spin-Off Plan for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Service cost

 

$

63

 

 

$

108

 

Interest cost

 

 

665

 

 

 

830

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

 

(108

)

 

 

(1,022

)

Recognized net loss due to lump sum settlements

 

 

 

 

 

423

 

Recognized net actuarial loss

 

 

565

 

 

 

661

 

Net periodic benefit cost

 

$

1,185

 

 

$

1,000

 

 

Since the Plan was terminated, there will be no additional contributions required in the future other than amounts necessary to facilitate the plan termination.  For the plan year ending December 31, 2017, Trustmark’s minimum required contribution to the Spin-Off Plan is expected to be zero; however, Management and the Board of Directors of Trustmark will monitor the Spin-Off Plan throughout 2017 to determine any additional funding requirements by the Spin-Off Plan’s measurement date, which is December 31.

Supplemental Retirement Plans

Trustmark maintains a nonqualified supplemental retirement plan covering key executive officers and senior officers as well as directors who have elected to defer fees.  The plan provides for retirement and/or death benefits based on a participant’s covered salary or deferred fees.  Although plan benefits may be paid from Trustmark’s general assets, Trustmark has purchased life insurance contracts on the participants covered under the plan, which may be used to fund future benefit payments under the plan.  The measurement date for the plan is December 31.  As a result of mergers prior to 2014, Trustmark became the administrator of small nonqualified supplemental retirement plans, for which the plan benefits were frozen prior to the respective merger date.

The following table presents information regarding the net periodic benefit cost for Trustmark’s nonqualified supplemental retirement plans for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Service cost

 

$

35

 

 

$

74

 

Interest cost

 

 

561

 

 

 

546

 

Amortization of prior service cost

 

 

63

 

 

 

63

 

Recognized net actuarial loss

 

 

222

 

 

 

221

 

Net periodic benefit cost

 

$

881

 

 

$

904

 

 

 

Note 11 – Stock and Incentive Compensation Plans

Trustmark has granted stock and incentive compensation awards subject to the provisions of the Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan (the Stock Plan).  Current outstanding and future grants of stock and incentive compensation awards are subject to the provisions of the Stock Plan, which is designed to provide flexibility to Trustmark regarding its ability to motivate, attract and retain the services of key associates and directors.  The Stock Plan also allows Trustmark to grant nonqualified stock options, incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance units to key associates and directors.

Restricted Stock Grants

Performance Awards

Trustmark’s performance awards vest over three years and are granted to Trustmark’s executive and senior management teams.  Performance awards granted vest based on performance goals of return on average tangible equity and total shareholder return compared to a defined peer group.  Performance awards are valued utilizing a Monte Carlo simulation model to estimate fair value of the awards at the grant date.  These awards are recognized using the straight-line method over the requisite service period.  These awards provide for achievement shares if performance measures exceed 100%.  The restricted share agreement provides for voting rights and dividend privileges.

31


 

Time-Vested Awards

Trustmark’s time-vested awards vest over three years and are granted to members of Trustmark’s Board of Directors as well as Trustmark’s executive and senior management teams.  Time-vested awards are valued utilizing the fair value of Trustmark’s stock at the grant date.  These awards are recognized on the straight-line method over the requisite service period.

 

The following table summarizes the Stock Plan activity for the periods presented:

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2017

 

 

 

Performance

Awards

 

 

Time-Vested

Awards

 

Nonvested shares, beginning of period

 

 

237,136

 

 

 

322,056

 

Granted

 

 

58,406

 

 

 

88,224

 

Released from restriction

 

 

(62,601

)

 

 

(83,862

)

Forfeited

 

 

(2,947

)

 

 

(734

)

Nonvested shares, end of period

 

 

229,994

 

 

 

325,684

 

 

 

The following table presents information regarding compensation expense for awards under the Stock Plan for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Performance awards

 

$

105

 

 

$

100

 

Time-vested awards

 

 

848

 

 

 

861

 

Total compensation expense

 

$

953

 

 

$

961

 

 

 

Note 12 – Contingencies

Lending Related

Trustmark makes commitments to extend credit and issues standby and commercial letters of credit (letters of credit) in the normal course of business in order to fulfill the financing needs of its customers.  The carrying amount of commitments to extend credit and letters of credit approximates the fair value of such financial instruments.  These amounts are not material to Trustmark’s financial statements.

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend money to customers pursuant to certain specified conditions.  Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses.  Because many of these commitments are expected to expire without being fully drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.  The exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the commitments to extend credit is represented by the contract amount of those instruments.  Trustmark applies the same credit policies and standards as it does in the lending process when making these commitments.  The collateral obtained is based upon the nature of the transaction and the assessed creditworthiness of the borrower.  At March 31, 2017 and 2016, Trustmark had unused commitments to extend credit of $3.052 billion and $3.007 billion, respectively.

Letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by Trustmark to insure the performance of a customer to a third-party.  A financial standby letter of credit irrevocably obligates Trustmark to pay a third-party beneficiary when a customer fails to repay an outstanding loan or debt instrument.  A performance standby letter of credit irrevocably obligates Trustmark to pay a third-party beneficiary when a customer fails to perform some contractual, nonfinancial obligation.  When issuing letters of credit, Trustmark uses the same policies regarding credit risk and collateral, which are followed in the lending process.  At March 31, 2017 and 2016, Trustmark’s maximum exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party for letters of credit was $109.2 million and $114.9 million, respectively.  These amounts consist primarily of commitments with maturities of less than three years, which have an immaterial carrying value.  Trustmark holds collateral to support standby letters of credit when deemed necessary.  As of March 31, 2017 and 2016, the fair value of collateral held was $33.7 million and $30.0 million, respectively.

32


 

Legal Proceedings

Trustmark’s wholly-owned subsidiary, TNB, has been named as a defendant in three lawsuits related to the collapse of the Stanford Financial Group.  The first is a purported class action complaint that was filed on August 23, 2009 in the District Court of Harris County, Texas, by Peggy Roif Rotstain, Guthrie Abbott, Catherine Burnell, Steven Queyrouze, Jaime Alexis Arroyo Bornstein and Juan C. Olano (collectively, Class Plaintiffs), on behalf of themselves and all others similarly situated, naming TNB and four other financial institutions unaffiliated with Trustmark as defendants.  The complaint seeks to recover (i) alleged fraudulent transfers from each of the defendants in the amount of fees and other monies received by each defendant from entities controlled by R. Allen Stanford (collectively, the Stanford Financial Group) and (ii) damages allegedly attributable to alleged conspiracies by one or more of the defendants with the Stanford Financial Group to commit fraud and/or aid and abet fraud on the asserted grounds that defendants knew or should have known the Stanford Financial Group was conducting an illegal and fraudulent scheme.  Plaintiffs have demanded a jury trial.  Plaintiffs did not quantify damages.  

In November 2009, the lawsuit was removed to federal court by certain defendants and then transferred by the United States Panel on Multidistrict Litigation to federal court in the Northern District of Texas (Dallas) where multiple Stanford related matters are being consolidated for pre-trial proceedings.  In May 2010, all defendants (including TNB) filed motions to dismiss the lawsuit.  In August 2010, the court authorized and approved the formation of an Official Stanford Investors Committee (OSIC) to represent the interests of Stanford investors and, under certain circumstances, to file legal actions for the benefit of Stanford investors.  In December 2011, the OSIC filed a motion to intervene in this action.  In September 2012, the district court referred the case to a magistrate judge for hearing and determination of certain pretrial issues.  In December 2012, the court granted the OSIC’s motion to intervene, and the OSIC filed an Intervenor Complaint against one of the other defendant financial institutions.  In February 2013, the OSIC filed a second Intervenor Complaint that asserts claims against TNB and the remaining defendant financial institutions.  The OSIC seeks to recover: (i) alleged fraudulent transfers in the amount of the fees each of the defendants allegedly received from Stanford Financial Group, the profits each of the defendants allegedly made from Stanford Financial Group deposits, and other monies each of the defendants allegedly received from Stanford Financial Group; (ii) damages attributable to alleged conspiracies by each of the defendants with the Stanford Financial Group to commit fraud and/or aid and abet fraud and conversion on the asserted grounds that the defendants knew or should have known the Stanford Financial Group was conducting an illegal and fraudulent scheme; and (iii) punitive damages.  The OSIC did not quantify damages.  

In July 2013, all defendants (including TNB) filed motions to dismiss the OSIC’s claims.  In March 2015, the court entered an order authorizing the parties to conduct discovery regarding class certification and setting a deadline for the parties to complete briefing on class certification issues.  In April 2015, the court granted in part and denied in part the defendants’ motions to dismiss the Class Plaintiffs’ claims and the OSIC’s claims.  The court dismissed all of the Class Plaintiffs’ fraudulent transfer claims and dismissed certain of the OSIC’s claims.  The court denied the motions by TNB and the other financial institution defendants to dismiss the OSIC’s constructive fraudulent transfer claims.  

On June 23, 2015, the court allowed the Class Plaintiffs to file a Second Amended Class Action Complaint (SAC), which asserted new claims against TNB and certain of the other defendants for (i) aiding, abetting and participating in a fraudulent scheme, (ii) aiding, abetting and participating in violations of the Texas Securities Act, (iii) aiding, abetting and participating in breaches of fiduciary duty, (iv) aiding, abetting and participating in conversion and (v) conspiracy.  On July 14, 2015, the defendants (including TNB) filed motions to dismiss the SAC and to reconsider the court’s prior denial to dismiss the OSIC’s constructive fraudulent transfer claims against TNB and the other financial institutions that are defendants in the action.  On July 27, 2016, the court denied the motion by TNB and the other financial institution defendants to dismiss the SAC and also denied the motion by TNB and the other financial institution defendants to reconsider the court’s prior denial to dismiss the OSIC’s constructive fraudulent transfer claims.  On August 24, 2016, TNB filed its answer to the SAC.  There has been no new activity related to the SAC.

The second Stanford-related lawsuit was filed on December 14, 2009 in the District Court of Ascension Parish, Louisiana, individually by Harold Jackson, Paul Blaine, Carolyn Bass Smith, Christine Nichols, and Ronald and Ramona Hebert naming TNB (misnamed as Trust National Bank) and other individuals and entities not affiliated with Trustmark as defendants.  The complaint seeks to recover the money lost by these individual plaintiffs as a result of the collapse of  the Stanford Financial Group (in addition to other damages) under various theories and causes of action, including negligence, breach of contract, breach of fiduciary duty, negligent misrepresentation, detrimental reliance, conspiracy, and violation of Louisiana’s uniform fiduciary, securities, and racketeering laws.  The complaint does not quantify the amount of money the plaintiffs seek to recover.  In January 2010, the lawsuit was removed to federal court by certain defendants and then transferred by the United States Panel on Multidistrict Litigation to federal court in the Northern District of Texas (Dallas) where multiple Stanford related matters are being consolidated for pre-trial proceedings.  On March 29, 2010, the court stayed the case.  TNB filed a motion to lift the stay, which was denied on February 28, 2012.  In September 2012, the district court referred the case to a magistrate judge for hearing and determination of certain pretrial issues.

33


 

On April 11, 2016, Trustmark learned that a third Stanford-related lawsuit had been filed on that date in the Superior Court of Justice in Ontario, Canada, by The Toronto-Dominion Bank (“TD Bank”), naming TNB and three other financial institutions not affiliated with Trustmark as defendants.  The complaint seeks a declaration specifying the degree to which each of TNB and the other defendants are liable in respect of any loss and damage for which TD Bank is found to be liable in a litigation commenced against TD Bank brought by the Joint Liquidators of Stanford International Bank Limited in the Superior Court of Justice, Commercial List in Ontario, Canada (the “Joint Liquidators’ Action”), as well as contribution and indemnity in respect of any judgment, interest and costs TD Bank is ordered to pay in the Joint Liquidators’ Action.  To date, TNB has not been served in connection with this action.

TNB’s relationship with the Stanford Financial Group began as a result of Trustmark’s acquisition of a Houston-based bank in August 2006, and consisted of correspondent banking and other traditional banking services in the ordinary course of business.  All Stanford-related lawsuits are in pre-trial stages.

TNB has been named as a defendant in two separately filed but consolidated lawsuits involving two testamentary trusts created in the will of Kathleen Killebrew Paine for her two children, Carolyn Paine Davis and W.K. Paine.  TNB is named as the Trustee in both trusts.  The lawsuits were filed on June 30, 2014 in the Chancery Court of the First Judicial District of Hinds County, Mississippi by Jennifer Davis Michael, Elizabeth Paine Lindigrin, Wilmer Harrison Paine, Kenneth Whitworth Paine, Robert Harvey Paine and Nathan Davis, who are all children of Mrs. Davis and Mr. Paine.  The complaints alleged that the plaintiffs were vested current beneficiaries of the respective trusts; that the plaintiffs should have been entitled to be considered for distributions of trust income; and that the interests of Mrs. Davis and Mr. Paine were favored over plaintiffs’ interest in both the distribution of income and in the making of trust investments.  Plaintiffs sought compensatory damages, refund of trust fees and sweep fees, punitive damages, attorneys’ fees and pre- and post-judgment interest.  On March 9, 2015, the court granted TNB’s motion to add Mrs. Davis and Mr. W.K. Paine as cross-defendants.  Following a bench trial that concluded on January 20, 2016, the judge ordered the parties to enter into mandatory mediation.  On February 22, 2016, the mediator reported to the judge that the mediation had failed to resolve the matter.  On March 30, 2017, the parties agreed to the terms of a settlement of the consolidated lawsuits.  On May 4, 2017, the judge approved the settlement.  The judge has advised the parties that the lawsuits will be dismissed with prejudice when settlement funds have been disbursed in accordance with the terms of the settlement, which is expected to occur during the second quarter.  The terms of the settlement are not material to Trustmark’s results of operations or financial condition.  

Trustmark and its subsidiaries are also parties to other lawsuits and other claims that arise in the ordinary course of business.  Some of the lawsuits assert claims related to the lending, collection, servicing, investment, trust and other business activities, and some of the lawsuits allege substantial claims for damages.

All pending legal proceedings described above are being vigorously contested.  In accordance FASB ASC Topic 450-20, “Loss Contingencies,” Trustmark will establish an accrued liability for litigation matters when those matters present loss contingencies that are both probable and reasonably estimable.  At the present time, Trustmark believes, based on its evaluation and the advice of legal counsel, that a loss in any such proceeding is not probable and a reasonable estimate cannot reasonably be made.

 

 

Note 13 – Earnings Per Share (EPS)

The following table reflects weighted-average shares used to calculate basic and diluted EPS for the periods presented (in thousands):

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Basic shares

 

 

67,687

 

 

 

67,610

 

Dilutive shares

 

 

159

 

 

 

137

 

Diluted shares

 

 

67,846

 

 

 

67,747

 

 

 

Weighted-average antidilutive stock awards were excluded in determining diluted EPS. The following table reflects weighted-average

antidilutive stock awards for the periods presented (in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Weighted-average antidilutive stock awards

 

 

43

 

 

 

 

 

 

34


 

Note 14 – Statements of Cash Flows

The following table reflects specific transaction amounts for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Income taxes paid

 

$

778

 

 

$

376

 

Interest expense paid on deposits and borrowings

 

 

7,190

 

 

 

4,986

 

Noncash transfers from loans to other real estate (1)

 

 

1,766

 

 

 

3,608

 

 

(1)

Includes transfers from covered loans to covered other real estate.

Trustmark adopted the amendments of ASU 2016-09, “Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting,” effective January 1, 2017.  ASU 2016-09 included amendments which affected the presentation of the accompanying consolidated statements of cash flows.  Specifically, ASU 2016-09 required that excess tax benefits from employee share-based payments to be classified as an operating activity along with other income tax cash flows, and required that cash paid by an employer when directly withholding shares for tax-withholding purposes to be classified as a financing activity.  Trustmark elected to present these changes on a retrospective basis in the accompanying consolidated statements of cash flows, which resulted in $147 thousand of excess tax expense from stock-based compensation arrangements being reclassified from financing activities to other operating activities, net and $799 thousand of withholding taxes paid for shares directly withheld being reclassified from other operating activities, net to financing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2016.  The adoption of ASU 2016-09 did not materially affect Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements.  For additional information regarding the amendments of ASU 2016-09 and the impact to Trustmark, see Note 19 – Accounting Policies Recently Adopted and Pending Accounting Pronouncements.

 

 

Note 15 – Shareholders’ Equity

Regulatory Capital

Trustmark and TNB are subject to minimum risk-based capital and leverage capital requirements, as described in the section captioned “Capital Adequacy” included in Part I. Item 1. – Business of Trustmark’s 2016 Annual Report on Form 10-K, which are administered by the federal bank regulatory agencies.  These capital requirements, as defined by federal regulations, involve quantitative and qualitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet instruments.  Trustmark’s and TNB’s minimum risk-based capital requirements include the phased in capital conservation buffer of 1.250% at March 31, 2017 and 0.625% at December 31, 2016.  Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax, is not included in computing regulatory capital.  Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can result in certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the financial statements of Trustmark and TNB and limit Trustmark’s and TNB’s ability to pay dividends.  As of March 31, 2017, Trustmark and TNB exceeded all applicable minimum capital standards.  In addition, Trustmark and TNB met applicable regulatory guidelines to be considered well-capitalized at March 31, 2017.  To be categorized in this manner, Trustmark and TNB maintained minimum common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital, Tier 1 risk-based capital, total risk-based capital and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the accompanying table, and were not subject to any written agreement, order or capital directive, or prompt corrective action directive issued by their primary federal regulators to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measures.  There are no significant conditions or events that have occurred since March 31, 2017, which Management believes have affected Trustmark’s or TNB’s present classification.

35


 

The following table provides Trustmark’s and TNB’s actual regulatory capital amounts and ratios under regulatory capital standards in effect at March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 ($ in thousands):

 

 

Actual

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Regulatory Capital

 

 

Minimum

 

 

To Be Well

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

Ratio

 

 

Requirement

 

 

Capitalized

 

At March 31, 2017:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trustmark Corporation

 

$

1,223,078

 

 

 

12.19

%

 

 

5.750

%

 

n/a

 

Trustmark National Bank

 

 

1,266,309

 

 

 

12.63

%

 

 

5.750

%

 

 

6.50

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trustmark Corporation

 

$

1,282,919

 

 

 

12.79

%

 

 

7.250

%

 

n/a

 

Trustmark National Bank

 

 

1,266,309

 

 

 

12.63

%

 

 

7.250

%

 

 

8.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trustmark Corporation

 

$

1,365,370

 

 

 

13.61

%

 

 

9.250

%

 

n/a

 

Trustmark National Bank

 

 

1,348,760

 

 

 

13.45

%

 

 

9.250

%

 

 

10.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 Leverage (to Average Assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trustmark Corporation

 

$

1,282,919

 

 

 

9.86

%

 

 

4.00

%

 

n/a

 

Trustmark National Bank

 

 

1,266,309

 

 

 

9.75

%

 

 

4.00

%

 

 

5.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trustmark Corporation

 

$

1,209,927

 

 

 

12.16

%

 

 

5.125

%

 

n/a

 

Trustmark National Bank

 

 

1,251,329

 

 

 

12.58

%

 

 

5.125

%

 

 

6.50

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trustmark Corporation

 

$

1,269,660

 

 

 

12.76

%

 

 

6.625

%

 

n/a

 

Trustmark National Bank

 

 

1,251,329

 

 

 

12.58

%

 

 

6.625

%

 

 

8.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trustmark Corporation

 

$

1,352,322

 

 

 

13.59

%

 

 

8.625

%

 

n/a

 

Trustmark National Bank

 

 

1,333,991

 

 

 

13.41

%

 

 

8.625

%

 

 

10.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 Leverage (to Average Assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trustmark Corporation

 

$

1,269,660

 

 

 

9.90

%

 

 

4.00

%

 

n/a

 

Trustmark National Bank

 

 

1,251,329

 

 

 

9.77

%

 

 

4.00

%

 

 

5.00

%

 

36


 

Stock Repurchase Program

On March 11, 2016, the Board of Directors of Trustmark authorized a stock repurchase program under which $100.0 million of Trustmark’s outstanding common stock may be acquired through March 31, 2019.  The shares may be purchased from time to time at prevailing market prices, through open market or privately negotiated transactions, depending on market conditions.  Trustmark did not repurchase any shares of its common stock during the three months ended March 31, 2017 or 2016.  

Other Comprehensive Income and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

The following table presents the components of accumulated other comprehensive loss and the related tax effects allocated to each component for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016 ($ in thousands).  Reclassification adjustments related to securities available for sale are included in security losses, net in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.  The amortization of prior service cost, recognized net loss due to lump sum settlements and change in net actuarial loss on pension and other postretirement benefit plans are included in the computation of net periodic benefit cost (see Note 10 – Defined Benefit and Other Postretirement Benefits for additional details).  Reclassification adjustments related to pension and other postretirement benefit plans are included in salaries and employee benefits and other expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.  Reclassification adjustments related to the cash flow hedge derivative are included in other interest expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2017

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2016

 

 

 

Before Tax

Amount

 

 

Tax (Expense)

Benefit

 

 

Net of Tax

Amount

 

 

Before Tax

Amount

 

 

Tax (Expense)

Benefit

 

 

Net of Tax

Amount

 

Securities available for sale and transferred securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized holding gains arising during

   the period

 

$

2,285

 

 

$

(874

)

 

$

1,411

 

 

$

35,343

 

 

$

(13,518

)

 

$

21,825

 

Reclassification adjustment for net losses realized

   in net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

310

 

 

 

(119

)

 

 

191

 

Change in net unrealized holding loss on

   securities transferred to held to maturity

 

 

1,232

 

 

 

(471

)

 

 

761

 

 

 

2,724

 

 

 

(1,042

)

 

 

1,682

 

Total securities available for sale

   and transferred securities

 

 

3,517

 

 

 

(1,345

)

 

 

2,172

 

 

 

38,377

 

 

 

(14,679

)

 

 

23,698

 

Pension and other postretirement benefit plans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in prior service costs

 

 

63

 

 

 

(24

)

 

 

39

 

 

 

62

 

 

 

(24

)

 

 

38

 

Recognized net loss due to lump sum settlements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

423

 

 

 

(162

)

 

 

261

 

Change in net actuarial loss

 

 

787

 

 

 

(301

)

 

 

486

 

 

 

882

 

 

 

(337

)

 

 

545

 

Total pension and other postretirement benefit plans

 

 

850

 

 

 

(325

)

 

 

525

 

 

 

1,367

 

 

 

(523

)

 

 

844

 

Cash flow hedge derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in accumulated gain (loss) on effective cash flow

   hedge derivatives

 

 

57

 

 

 

(22

)

 

 

35

 

 

 

(1,328

)

 

 

508

 

 

 

(820

)

Reclassification adjustment for loss realized

   in net income

 

 

99

 

 

 

(38

)

 

 

61

 

 

 

160

 

 

 

(61

)

 

 

99

 

Total cash flow hedge derivatives

 

 

156

 

 

 

(60

)

 

 

96

 

 

 

(1,168

)

 

 

447

 

 

 

(721

)

Total other comprehensive income

 

$

4,523

 

 

$

(1,730

)

 

$

2,793

 

 

$

38,576

 

 

$

(14,755

)

 

$

23,821

 

37


 

The following table presents the changes in the balances of each component of accumulated other comprehensive loss for the periods presented ($ in thousands).  All amounts are presented net of tax.

 

 

 

Securities

Available for Sale

and Transferred

Securities

 

 

Defined

Benefit

Pension Items

 

 

Cash Flow

Hedge

Derivatives

 

 

Total

 

Balance at January 1, 2017

 

$

(20,800

)

 

$

(24,980

)

 

$

(18

)

 

$

(45,798

)

Other comprehensive income before reclassification

 

 

2,172

 

 

 

 

 

 

35

 

 

 

2,207

 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other

   comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

525

 

 

 

61

 

 

 

586

 

Net other comprehensive income

 

 

2,172

 

 

 

525

 

 

 

96

 

 

 

2,793

 

Balance at March 31, 2017

 

$

(18,628

)

 

$

(24,455

)

 

$

78

 

 

$

(43,005

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at January 1, 2016

 

$

(17,394

)

 

$

(27,840

)

 

$

(160

)

 

$

(45,394

)

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassification

 

 

23,507

 

 

 

 

 

 

(820

)

 

 

22,687

 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other

   comprehensive loss

 

 

191

 

 

 

844

 

 

 

99

 

 

 

1,134

 

Net other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

23,698

 

 

 

844

 

 

 

(721

)

 

 

23,821

 

Balance at March 31, 2016

 

$

6,304

 

 

$

(26,996

)

 

$

(881

)

 

$

(21,573

)

 

 

Note 16 – Fair Value

Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value

The methodologies Trustmark uses in determining the fair values are based primarily on the use of independent, market-based data to reflect a value that would be reasonably expected upon exchange of the position in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.  The predominant portion of assets that are stated at fair value are of a nature that can be valued using prices or inputs that are readily observable through a variety of independent data providers.  The providers selected by Trustmark for fair valuation data are widely recognized and accepted vendors whose evaluations support the pricing functions of financial institutions, investment and mutual funds, and portfolio managers.  Trustmark has documented and evaluated the pricing methodologies used by the vendors and maintains internal processes that regularly test valuations for anomalies.

Trustmark utilizes an independent pricing service to advise it on the carrying value of the securities available for sale portfolio.  As part of Trustmark’s procedures, the price provided from the service is evaluated for reasonableness given market changes.  When a questionable price exists, Trustmark investigates further to determine if the price is valid.  If needed, other market participants may be utilized to determine the correct fair value.  Trustmark has also reviewed and confirmed its determinations in thorough discussions with the pricing source regarding their methods of price discovery.

Mortgage loan commitments are valued based on the securities prices of similar collateral, term, rate and delivery for which the loan is eligible to deliver in place of the particular security.  Trustmark acquires a broad array of mortgage security prices that are supplied by a market data vendor, which in turn accumulates prices from a broad list of securities dealers.  Prices are processed through a mortgage pipeline management system that accumulates and segregates all loan commitment and forward-sale transactions according to the similarity of various characteristics (maturity, term, rate, and collateral).  Prices are matched to those positions that are deemed to be an eligible substitute or offset (i.e., “deliverable”) for a corresponding security observed in the market place.

Trustmark estimates fair value of the MSR through the use of prevailing market participant assumptions and market participant valuation processes.  This valuation is periodically tested and validated against other third-party firm valuations.

Trustmark obtains the fair value of interest rate swaps from a third-party pricing service that uses an industry standard discounted cash flow methodology.  In addition, credit valuation adjustments are incorporated in the fair values to account for potential nonperformance risk.  In adjusting the fair value of its interest rate swap contracts for the effect of nonperformance risk, Trustmark has considered any applicable credit enhancements such as collateral postings, thresholds, mutual puts, and guarantees.  In conjunction with the FASB’s fair value measurement guidance, Trustmark made an accounting policy election to measure the credit risk of these derivative financial instruments, which are subject to master netting agreements, on a net basis by counterparty portfolio.

38


 

Trustmark has determined that the majority of the inputs used to value its interest rate swaps offered to qualified commercial borrowers fall within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, while the credit valuation adjustments associated with these derivatives utilize Level 3 inputs, such as estimates of current credit spreads.  Trustmark has assessed the significance of the impact of the credit valuation adjustments on the overall valuation of its interest rate swaps and has determined that the credit valuation adjustment is not significant to the overall valuation of these derivatives.  As a result, Trustmark classifies its interest rate swap valuations in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Trustmark also utilizes exchange-traded derivative instruments such as Treasury note futures contracts and option contracts to achieve a fair value return that offsets the changes in fair value of the MSR attributable to interest rates.  Fair values of these derivative instruments are determined from quoted prices in active markets for identical assets therefore allowing them to be classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.  In addition, Trustmark utilizes derivative instruments such as interest rate lock commitments in its mortgage banking area which lack observable inputs for valuation purposes resulting in their inclusion in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

At this time, Trustmark presents no fair values that are derived through internal modeling.  Should positions requiring fair valuation arise that are not relevant to existing methodologies, Trustmark will make every reasonable effort to obtain market participant assumptions, or independent evaluation.

Financial Assets and Liabilities

The following tables summarize financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, segregated by the level of valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy utilized to measure fair value ($ in thousands).  There were no transfers between fair value levels for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

 

March 31, 2017

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

U.S. Government agency obligations

 

$

53,521

 

 

$

 

 

$

53,521

 

 

$

 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

 

109,895

 

 

 

 

 

 

109,895

 

 

 

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

2,202,138

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,202,138

 

 

 

 

Securities available for sale

 

 

2,365,554

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,365,554

 

 

 

 

Loans held for sale

 

 

174,090

 

 

 

 

 

 

174,090

 

 

 

 

Mortgage servicing rights

 

 

82,758

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

82,758

 

Other assets - derivatives

 

 

4,230

 

 

 

521

 

 

 

1,564

 

 

 

2,145

 

Other liabilities - derivatives

 

 

3,676

 

 

 

909

 

 

 

2,767

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

U.S. Government agency obligations

 

$

56,039

 

 

$

 

 

$

56,039

 

 

$

 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

 

115,373

 

 

 

 

 

 

115,373

 

 

 

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

2,185,270

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,185,270

 

 

 

 

Securities available for sale

 

 

2,356,682

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,356,682

 

 

 

 

Loans held for sale

 

 

175,927

 

 

 

 

 

 

175,927

 

 

 

 

Mortgage servicing rights

 

 

80,239

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

80,239

 

Other assets - derivatives

 

 

2,518

 

 

 

(524

)

 

 

2,041

 

 

 

1,001

 

Other liabilities - derivatives

 

 

412

 

 

 

1,174

 

 

 

(762

)

 

 

 

 

39


 

The changes in Level 3 assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016 are summarized as follows ($ in thousands):

 

 

MSR

 

 

Other Assets -

Derivatives

 

Balance, January 1, 2017

 

$

80,239

 

 

$

1,001

 

Total net (loss) gain included in Mortgage banking, net (1)

 

 

(921

)

 

 

1,955

 

Additions

 

 

3,440

 

 

 

 

Sales

 

 

 

 

 

(811

)

Balance, March 31, 2017

 

$

82,758

 

 

$

2,145

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The amount of total gains for the period included in earnings

   that are attributable to the change in unrealized gains or

   losses still held at March 31, 2017

 

$

1,466

 

 

$

342

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, January 1, 2016

 

$

74,007

 

 

$

1,113

 

Total net (loss) gain included in Mortgage banking, net (1)

 

 

(8,871

)

 

 

3,097

 

Additions

 

 

3,072

 

 

 

 

Sales

 

 

 

 

 

(926

)

Balance, March 31, 2016

 

$

68,208

 

 

$

3,284

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The amount of total (losses) gains for the period included in

   earnings that are attributable to the change in unrealized

   gains or losses still held at March 31, 2016

 

$

(6,866

)

 

$

398

 

 

(1)

Total net (loss) gain included in Mortgage banking, net relating to the MSR includes changes in fair value due to market changes and due to run-off.

Trustmark may be required, from time to time, to measure certain assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with GAAP.  Assets at March 31, 2017, which have been measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, include impaired LHFI.  Loans for which it is probable Trustmark will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement are considered impaired.  Specific allowances for impaired LHFI are based on comparisons of the recorded carrying values of the loans to the present value of the estimated cash flows of these loans at each loan’s original effective interest rate, the fair value of the collateral or the observable market prices of the loans.  Impaired LHFI are primarily collateral dependent loans and are assessed using a fair value approach.  Fair value estimates for collateral dependent loans are derived from appraised values based on the current market value or as-is value of the property being appraised, normally from recently received and reviewed appraisals.  Appraisals are obtained from state-certified appraisers and are based on certain assumptions, which may include construction or development status and the highest and best use of the property.  These appraisals are reviewed by Trustmark’s Appraisal Review Department to ensure they are acceptable.  Appraised values are adjusted down for costs associated with asset disposal.  At March 31, 2017, Trustmark had outstanding balances of $39.1 million in impaired LHFI that were individually evaluated for impairment and written down to the fair value of the underlying collateral less cost to sell based on the fair value of the collateral or other unobservable input compared to $27.1 million at December 31, 2016.  These individually evaluated impaired LHFI are classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.  Impaired LHFI are periodically reviewed and evaluated for additional impairment and adjusted accordingly based on the same factors identified above.

Nonfinancial Assets and Liabilities

Certain nonfinancial assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis include foreclosed assets (upon initial recognition or subsequent impairment), nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities measured at fair value in the second step of a goodwill impairment test, and intangible assets and other nonfinancial long-lived assets measured at fair value for impairment assessment.

Other real estate includes assets that have been acquired in satisfaction of debt through foreclosure and is carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value.  Fair value is based on independent appraisals and other relevant factors.  In the determination of fair value subsequent to foreclosure, Management also considers other factors or recent developments, such as changes in market conditions from the time of valuation and anticipated sales values considering plans for disposition, which could result in an adjustment to lower the collateral value estimates indicated in the appraisals.  Periodic revaluations are classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy since assumptions are used that may not be observable in the market.

40


 

Foreclosed assets of $10.3 million were remeasured during the first three months of 2017, requiring write-downs of $1.5 million to reach their current fair values compared to $12.2 million of foreclosed assets that were remeasured during the first three months of 2016, requiring write-downs of $1.1 million.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

FASB ASC Topic 825, “Financial Instruments,” requires disclosure of the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities, including those financial assets and financial liabilities that are not measured and reported at fair value on a recurring basis or non-recurring basis. A detailed description of the valuation methodologies used in estimating the fair value of financial instruments can be found in Note 19 – Fair Value included in Item 8 of Trustmark’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016.

The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of financial instruments at March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, are as follows ($ in thousands):

 

 

March 31, 2017

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

Carrying

Value

 

 

Estimated

Fair Value

 

 

Carrying

Value

 

 

Estimated

Fair Value

 

Financial Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Level 2 Inputs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and short-term investments

 

$

380,090

 

 

$

380,090

 

 

$

328,206

 

 

$

328,206

 

Securities held to maturity

 

 

1,156,067

 

 

 

1,154,415

 

 

 

1,158,643

 

 

 

1,157,046

 

Level 3 Inputs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net LHFI

 

 

7,932,212

 

 

 

8,001,968

 

 

 

7,779,948

 

 

 

7,825,009

 

Net acquired loans

 

 

208,236

 

 

 

208,236

 

 

 

260,850

 

 

 

260,850

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Level 2 Inputs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

 

10,104,472

 

 

 

10,105,262

 

 

 

10,056,012

 

 

 

10,059,794

 

Short-term liabilities

 

 

1,389,025

 

 

 

1,389,025

 

 

 

1,309,595

 

 

 

1,309,595

 

Long-term FHLB advances

 

 

250,994

 

 

 

250,994

 

 

 

251,049

 

 

 

251,050

 

Junior subordinated debt securities

 

 

61,856

 

 

 

43,299

 

 

 

61,856

 

 

 

41,057

 

 

In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are generally based on estimates using present value techniques.  Trustmark’s premise in present value techniques is to represent the fair values on a basis of replacement value of the existing instrument given observed market rates on the measurement date.  These techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows.  In that regard, the derived fair value estimates for those assets or liabilities cannot necessarily be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and, in many cases, may not be realizable in immediate settlement of the instruments.  The estimated fair value of financial instruments with immediate and shorter-term maturities (generally 90 days or less) is assumed to be the same as the recorded book value.  All nonfinancial instruments, by definition, have been excluded from these disclosure requirements.  Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented do not represent the underlying value of Trustmark.

The fair values of net LHFI are estimated for portfolios of loans with similar financial characteristics.  For variable rate LHFI that reprice frequently with no significant change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying values.  The fair values of certain mortgage LHFI, such as 1-4 family residential properties, are based on quoted market prices of similar loans sold in conjunction with securitization transactions, adjusted for differences in loan characteristics.  The fair values of other types of LHFI are estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities.  The processes for estimating the fair value of net LHFI described above does not represent an exit price under FASB ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” and such an exit price could potentially produce a different fair value estimate at March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016.

41


 

Fair Value Option

Trustmark has elected to account for its mortgage LHFS under the fair value option, with interest income on these mortgage LHFS reported in interest and fees on LHFS and LHFI.  The fair value of the mortgage LHFS is determined using quoted prices for a similar asset, adjusted for specific attributes of that loan.  The mortgage LHFS are actively managed and monitored and certain market risks of the loans may be mitigated through the use of derivatives.  These derivative instruments are carried at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in noninterest income in mortgage banking, net.  The changes in the fair value of the LHFS are largely offset by changes in the fair value of the derivative instruments.  For the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016, a net gain of $3.6 million and $2.8 million, respectively, was recorded in noninterest income in mortgage banking, net for changes in the fair value of the LHFS accounted for under the fair value option.  Interest and fees on LHFS and LHFI for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016 included $1.1 million and $867 thousand, respectively, of interest earned on the LHFS accounted for under the fair value option.  Election of the fair value option allows Trustmark to reduce the accounting volatility that would otherwise result from the asymmetry created by accounting for the financial instruments at the lower of cost or fair value and the derivatives at fair value.  The fair value option election does not apply to the GNMA optional repurchase loans which do not meet the requirements under FASB ASC Topic 825 to be accounted for under the fair value option.  GNMA optional repurchase loans totaled $38.9 million and $43.9 million at March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively, and are included in LHFS on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

The following table provides information about the fair value and the contractual principal outstanding of the LHFS accounted for under the fair value option as of March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

March 31, 2017

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

Fair value of LHFS

 

$

135,170

 

 

$

132,002

 

LHFS contractual principal outstanding

 

 

131,632

 

 

 

132,047

 

Fair value less unpaid principal

 

$

3,538

 

 

$

(45

)

 

 

Note 17 – Derivative Financial Instruments

Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments

On April 4, 2013, Trustmark entered into a forward interest rate swap contract on junior subordinated debentures with a total notional amount of $60.0 million.  The interest rate swap contract was designated as a derivative instrument in a cash flow hedge under FASB ASC Topic 815, “Derivatives and Hedging,” with the objective of protecting the quarterly interest payments on Trustmark’s $60.0 million of junior subordinated debentures issued to Trustmark Preferred Capital Trust I throughout the five-year period beginning December 31, 2014 and ending December 31, 2019 from the risk of variability of those payments resulting from changes in the three-month LIBOR interest rate.  Under the swap, which became effective on December 31, 2014, Trustmark will pay a fixed interest rate of 1.66% and receive a variable interest rate based on three-month LIBOR on a total notional amount of $60.0 million, with quarterly net settlements.

No ineffectiveness related to the interest rate swap designated as a cash flow hedge was recognized in the consolidated statements of income for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016.  The accumulated net after-tax gain related to the effective cash flow hedge included in accumulated other comprehensive loss totaled $78 thousand at March 31, 2017 compared to an accumulated net after-tax loss of $17 thousand December 31, 2016.  Amounts reported in accumulated other comprehensive loss related to this derivative are reclassified to other interest expense as interest payments are made on Trustmark’s variable rate junior subordinated debentures.  During the next twelve months, Trustmark estimates that $178 thousand will be reclassified as an increase to other interest expense.

Derivatives not Designated as Hedging Instruments

Trustmark utilizes a portfolio of exchange-traded derivative instruments, such as Treasury note futures contracts and option contracts, to achieve a fair value return that economically hedges changes in the fair value of the MSR attributable to interest rates.  These transactions are considered freestanding derivatives that do not otherwise qualify for hedge accounting.  The total notional amount of these derivative instruments were $285.5 million at March 31, 2017 compared to $262.0 million at December 31, 2016.  Changes in the fair value of these exchange-traded derivative instruments are recorded in noninterest income in mortgage banking, net and are offset by changes in the fair value of the MSR.  The impact of this strategy resulted in a net positive ineffectiveness of $2.8 million and $413 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

42


 

As part of Trustmark’s risk management strategy in the mortgage banking area, derivative instruments such as forward sales contracts are utilized.  Trustmark’s obligations under forward sales contracts consist of commitments to deliver mortgage loans, originated and/or purchased, in the secondary market at a future date.  Changes in the fair value of these derivative instruments are recorded in noninterest income in mortgage banking, net and are offset by changes in the fair value of LHFS.  Trustmark’s off-balance sheet obligations under these derivative instruments totaled $231.0 million at March 31, 2017, with a negative valuation adjustment of $1.2 million, compared to $195.0 million, with a positive valuation adjustment of $2.8 million, at December 31, 2016.

Trustmark also utilizes derivative instruments such as interest rate lock commitments in its mortgage banking area.  Interest rate lock commitments are residential mortgage loan commitments with customers, which guarantee a specified interest rate for a specified time period.  Changes in the fair value of these derivative instruments are recorded in noninterest income in mortgage banking, net and are offset by the changes in the fair value of forward sales contracts.  Trustmark’s off-balance sheet obligations under these derivative instruments totaled $143.5 million at March 31, 2017, with a positive valuation adjustment of $2.1 million, compared to $97.9 million, with a positive valuation adjustment of $1.0 million, as of December 31, 2016.

Trustmark offers certain derivatives products directly to qualified commercial lending clients seeking to manage their interest rate risk.  Trustmark economically hedges interest rate swap transactions executed with commercial lending clients by entering into offsetting interest rate swap transactions with institutional derivatives market participants.  Derivatives transactions executed as part of this program are not designated as qualifying hedging relationships and are, therefore, carried at fair value with the change in fair value recorded in noninterest income in bank card and other fees.  Because these derivatives have mirror-image contractual terms, in addition to collateral provisions which mitigate the impact of non-performance risk, the changes in fair value are expected to substantially offset.  As of March 31, 2017, Trustmark had interest rate swaps with an aggregate notional amount of $336.7 million related to this program, compared to $340.2 million as of December 31, 2016.

Credit-risk-related Contingent Features

Trustmark has agreements with its financial institution counterparties that contain provisions where if Trustmark defaults on any of its indebtedness, including default where repayment of the indebtedness has not been accelerated by the lender, then Trustmark could also be declared in default on its derivatives obligations.

As of March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the termination value of interest rate swaps in a liability position, which includes accrued interest but excludes any adjustment for nonperformance risk, related to these agreements was $711 thousand and $1.2 million, respectively.  As of March 31, 2017, Trustmark had posted collateral of $100 thousand against its obligations because of negotiated thresholds and minimum transfer amounts under these agreements.  If Trustmark had breached any of these triggering provisions at March 31, 2017, it could have been required to settle its obligations under the agreements at the termination value.

Credit risk participation agreements arise when Trustmark contracts with other financial institutions, as a guarantor or beneficiary, to share credit risk associated with certain interest rate swaps.  These agreements provide for reimbursement of losses resulting from a third party default on the underlying swap.  At both March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, Trustmark had entered into two risk participation agreements as a beneficiary with an aggregate notional amount of $14.1 million and $14.2 million, respectively.  At March 31, 2017, Trustmark had entered into five risk participation agreements as a guarantor with an aggregate notional amount of $27.9 million compared to five risk participation agreements as a guarantor with an aggregate notional amount of $28.0 million at December 31, 2016.  The aggregate fair values of these risk participation agreements were immaterial at March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016.

43


 

Tabular Disclosures

The following tables disclose the fair value of derivative instruments in Trustmark’s consolidated balance sheets as of March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 as well as the effect of these derivative instruments on Trustmark’s results of operations for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

March 31, 2017

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

Derivatives in hedging relationships

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate contracts:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps included in other assets

 

$

127

 

 

$

(28

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate contracts:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Futures contracts included in other assets

 

$

299

 

 

$

(626

)

Exchange traded purchased options included in other assets

 

 

222

 

 

 

102

 

OTC written options (rate locks) included in other assets

 

 

2,145

 

 

 

1,001

 

Interest rate swaps included in other assets

 

 

1,431

 

 

 

2,060

 

Credit risk participation agreements included in other assets

 

 

6

 

 

 

9

 

Forward contracts included in other liabilities

 

 

1,175

 

 

 

(2,838

)

Exchange traded written options included in other liabilities

 

 

909

 

 

 

1,174

 

Interest rate swaps included in other liabilities

 

 

1,584

 

 

 

2,065

 

Credit risk participation agreements included in other liabilities

 

 

8

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Derivatives in hedging relationships

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount of loss reclassified from accumulated other

   comprehensive loss and recognized in other interest expense

 

$

(99

)

 

$

(160

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount of (loss) gain recognized in mortgage banking, net

 

$

(1,544

)

 

$

7,139

 

Amount of loss recognized in bank card and other fees

 

 

(28

)

 

 

(58

)

 

The following table discloses the amount included in other comprehensive income, net of tax, for derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Derivatives in cash flow hedging relationship

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount of gain (loss) recognized in other comprehensive

   income, net of tax

 

$

35

 

 

$

(820

)

 

Trustmark’s interest rate swap derivative instruments are subject to master netting agreements, and therefore, eligible for offsetting in the consolidated balance sheets.  Trustmark has elected to not offset any derivative instruments in its consolidated balance sheets.  Information about financial instruments that are eligible for offset in the consolidated balance sheets as of March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 is presented in the following tables ($ in thousands):

 

Offsetting of Derivative Assets

 

 

As of March 31, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Amounts Not Offset in the

Statement of Financial Position

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

Amounts of

Recognized

Assets

 

 

Gross Amounts

Offset in the

Statement of

Financial Position

 

 

Net Amounts of

Assets presented in

the Statement of

Financial Position

 

 

Financial

Instruments

 

 

Cash Collateral

Received

 

 

Net Amount

 

Derivatives

 

$

1,558

 

 

$

 

 

$

1,558

 

 

$

(182

)

 

$

 

 

$

1,376

 

 

44


 

Offsetting of Derivative Liabilities

 

 

As of March 31, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Amounts Not Offset in the

Statement of Financial Position

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

Amounts of

Recognized

Liabilities

 

 

Gross Amounts

Offset in the

Statement of

Financial Position

 

 

Net Amounts of

Liabilities presented

in the Statement of

Financial Position

 

 

Financial

Instruments

 

 

Cash Collateral

Posted

 

 

Net Amount

 

Derivatives

 

$

1,584

 

 

$

 

 

$

1,584

 

 

$

(182

)

 

$

(100

)

 

$

1,302

 

 

Offsetting of Derivative Assets

 

 

As of December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Amounts Not Offset in the

Statement of Financial Position

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

Amounts of

Recognized

Assets

 

 

Gross Amounts

Offset in the

Statement of

Financial Position

 

 

Net Amounts of

Assets presented in

the Statement of

Financial Position

 

 

Financial

Instruments

 

 

Cash Collateral

Received

 

 

Net Amount

 

Derivatives

 

$

2,032

 

 

$

 

 

$

2,032

 

 

$

(499

)

 

$

 

 

$

1,533

 

 

Offsetting of Derivative Liabilities

 

 

As of December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Amounts Not Offset in the

Statement of Financial Position

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

Amounts of

Recognized

Liabilities

 

 

Gross Amounts

Offset in the

Statement of

Financial Position

 

 

Net Amounts of

Liabilities presented

in the Statement of

Financial Position

 

 

Financial

Instruments

 

 

Cash Collateral

Posted

 

 

Net Amount

 

Derivatives

 

$

2,065

 

 

$

 

 

$

2,065

 

 

$

(499

)

 

$

(937

)

 

$

629

 

 

 

Note 18 – Segment Information

Trustmark’s management reporting structure includes three segments: General Banking, Wealth Management and Insurance.  For a complete overview of Trustmark’s operating segments, see Note 21 – Segment Information included in Part II. Item 8. – Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of Trustmark’s 2016 Annual Report on Form 10-K.  There have been no significant changes in Trustmark’s operating segments during the periods presented.

The accounting policies of each reportable segment are the same as those of Trustmark except for its internal allocations. Noninterest expenses for back-office operations support are allocated to segments based on estimated uses of those services. Trustmark measures the net interest income of its business segments with a process that assigns cost of funds or earnings credit on a matched-term basis.  This process, called “funds transfer pricing”, charges an appropriate cost of funds to assets held by a business unit, or credits the business unit for potential earnings for carrying liabilities.  The net of these charges and credits flows through to the General Banking segment, which contains the management team responsible for determining TNB’s funding and interest rate risk strategies.

45


 

The following table discloses financial information by reportable segment for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

General Banking

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

$

97,411

 

 

$

94,442

 

Provision for loan losses, net

 

 

1,157

 

 

 

3,552

 

Noninterest income

 

 

29,440

 

 

 

27,394

 

Noninterest expense

 

 

87,357

 

 

 

85,893

 

Income before income taxes

 

 

38,337

 

 

 

32,391

 

Income taxes

 

 

8,369

 

 

 

7,319

 

General banking net income

 

$

29,968

 

 

$

25,072

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selected Financial Information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

13,417,229

 

 

$

12,701,364

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

$

8,836

 

 

$

8,485

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wealth Management

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

$

129

 

 

$

245

 

Noninterest income

 

 

7,377

 

 

 

7,288

 

Noninterest expense

 

 

7,201

 

 

 

5,891

 

Income before income taxes

 

 

305

 

 

 

1,642

 

Income taxes

 

 

116

 

 

 

628

 

Wealth management net income

 

$

189

 

 

$

1,014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selected Financial Information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

7,279

 

 

$

7,329

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

$

37

 

 

$

44

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

$

50

 

 

$

53

 

Noninterest income

 

 

9,216

 

 

 

8,594

 

Noninterest expense

 

 

7,499

 

 

 

7,160

 

Income before income taxes

 

 

1,767

 

 

 

1,487

 

Income taxes

 

 

676

 

 

 

570

 

Insurance net income

 

$

1,091

 

 

$

917

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selected Financial Information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

65,853

 

 

$

66,503

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

$

158

 

 

$

192

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

$

97,590

 

 

$

94,740

 

Provision for loan losses, net

 

 

1,157

 

 

 

3,552

 

Noninterest income

 

 

46,033

 

 

 

43,276

 

Noninterest expense

 

 

102,057

 

 

 

98,944

 

Income before income taxes

 

 

40,409

 

 

 

35,520

 

Income taxes

 

 

9,161

 

 

 

8,517

 

Consolidated net income

 

$

31,248

 

 

$

27,003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selected Financial Information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

13,490,361

 

 

$

12,775,196

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

$

9,031

 

 

$

8,721

 

 

 

46


 

Note 19 – Accounting Policies Recently Adopted and Pending Accounting Pronouncements

 

ASU 2017-08, “Receivables-Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs (Subtopic 310-20): Premium Amortization on Purchased Callable Debt Securities.”  Issued in March 2017, ASU 2017-08 amends the amortization period for certain purchased callable debt securities held at a premium.  In particular, the amendments in ASU 2017-08 require the premium to be amortized to the earliest call date. The amendments do not, however, require an accounting change for securities held at a discount; instead, the discount continues to be amortized to maturity.  Notably, the amendments in this ASU more closely align the amortization period of premiums and discounts to expectations incorporated in market pricing on the underlying securities.  Securities within the scope of ASU 2017-08 are purchased debt securities that have explicit, noncontingent call features that are callable at fixed prices and on preset dates.  The amendments of ASU 2017-08 become effective for fiscal years, and for interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2018. As of March 31, 2017, Trustmark’s total unamortized premium for purchased debt securities within the scope of ASU 2017-08 was immaterial.  Management will continue to evaluate the impact this ASU will have on Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements through its effective date; however, the adoption of ASU 2017-08 is not expected to have a material impact Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements.  

 

ASU 2017-07, “Compensation-Retirement Benefits (Topic 715)-Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost.”  Issued in March 2017, ASU 2017-07 is designed to improve guidance related to the presentation of defined benefit costs in the income statement.  In particular, ASU No. 2017-07 requires that an employer report the service cost component in the same line item(s) as other compensation costs arising from services rendered by the pertinent employees during the period.  The other components of net benefit cost are required to be presented in the income statement separately from the service cost component and outside a subtotal of income from operations, if one is presented.  If a separate line item or items are used to present the other components of net benefit cost, then that line item or items must be appropriately described. However, if a separate line item or items are not used, then the line item(s) used in the income statement to present the other components of net benefit cost must be disclosed. Additionally, ASU 2017-07 allows only the service cost component to be eligible for capitalization, when applicable.  The amendments of ASU 2017-07 become effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those annual periods. Management is currently evaluating the impact this ASU will have on Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements; however, the adoption of ASU 2017-07 is not expected to have a material impact Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements.  

 

ASU 2017-04, “Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment.”  Issued in January 2017, ASU 2017-04 simplifies the manner in which an entity is required to test goodwill for impairment by eliminating Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test.  Step 2 measures a goodwill impairment loss by comparing the implied fair value of a reporting unit's goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill.  In computing the implied fair value of goodwill under Step 2, an entity, prior to the amendments in ASU 2017-04, had to perform procedures to determine the fair value at the impairment testing date of its assets and liabilities, including unrecognized assets and liabilities, in accordance with the procedure that would be required in determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination.  However, under the amendments in ASU 2017-04, an entity should (1) perform its annual or interim goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, and (2) recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit's fair value, with the understanding that the loss recognized should not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit.  Additionally, ASU 2017-04 removes the requirements for any reporting unit with a zero or negative carrying amount to perform a qualitative assessment and, if it fails such qualitative test, to perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test.  ASU 2017-04 is effective prospectively for annual, or any interim, goodwill impairment tests in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019.  Based on Trustmark’s annual goodwill impairment test performed as of October 1, 2016, the fair value of its reporting units exceeded the carrying value and, therefore, the related goodwill was not impaired.  Management will continue to evaluate the impact this ASU will have on Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements through its effective date; however, the adoption of ASU 2017-04 is not expected to have a material impact Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements.  

        

ASU 2017-01, “Business Combinations (Topic 805) - Clarifying the Definition of a Business.” Issued in January 2017, ASU 2017-01 clarifies the definition of a business with the objective of adding guidance to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses, which determines whether goodwill should be recorded or not. The amendments in ASU No. 2017-01 provide a screen to determine when a set of assets and activities (collectively, a “set”) is not a business. The screen requires that when substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired (or disposed of) is concentrated in a single identifiable asset or a group of similar identifiable assets, the set is not a business. This screen reduces the number of transactions that need to be further evaluated.  If, however, the screen is not met, then the amendments in ASU 07-01 require that to be considered a business, a set must include, at a minimum, an input and a substantive process that together significantly contribute to the ability to create output and remove the evaluation of whether a market participant could replace missing elements.  The revised definition will result in more transactions being recorded as asset acquisitions or dispositions as opposed to business acquisitions or dispositions.  The amendments of ASU 2017-01 are effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017.  Management is currently evaluating the impact this ASU will have on Trustmark’s consolidated financial

47


 

statements; however, the adoption of ASU 2017-01 is not expected to have a material impact Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements.  

 

ASU 2016-15, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments.” Issued in August 2016, ASU 2016-15 provides guidance to reduce the diversity in practice of how certain cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows.  The amendments of ASU 2016-15 provide guidance on eight specific cash flow: (i) debt prepayment or debt extinguishment costs; (ii) settlement of zero-coupon bonds; (iii) contingent consideration payments made after a business combination; (iv) proceeds from the settlement of insurance claims; (v) proceeds from the settlement of corporate-owned life insurance policies, including bank-owned life insurance policies; (vi) distributions received from equity method investees; (vii) beneficial interests in securitization transactions and (viii) separately identifiable cash flows and application of the predominance principle.  The amendments of ASU 2016-15 are effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017.  Trustmark plans to adopt the amendments of ASU 2016-15 during the first quarter of 2018.  Management has evaluated the amendments of ASU 2016-15 and does not believe that adoption of this ASU will impact Trustmark’s existing presentation of the applicable cash receipts and cash payments on its consolidated statements of cash flows.

ASU 2016-13, “Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments.”  Issued in June 2016, ASU 2016-13 will add FASB ASC Topic 326, “Financial Instruments-Credit Losses” and finalizes amendments to FASB ASC Subtopic 825-15, “Financial Instruments-Credit Losses.”  The amendments of ASU 2016-13 are intended to provide financial statement users with more decision-useful information related to expected credit losses on financial instruments and other commitments to extend credit by replacing the current incurred loss impairment methodology with a methodology that reflects expected credit losses and requires consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to determine credit loss estimates.  The amendments of ASU 2016-13 eliminate the probable initial recognition threshold and, in turn, reflect an entity’s current estimate of all expected credit losses.  ASU 2016-13 does not specify the method for measuring expected credit losses, and an entity is allowed to apply methods that reasonably reflect its expectations of the credit loss estimate.  Additionally, the amendments of ASU 2016-13 require that credit losses on available for sale debt securities be presented as an allowance rather than as a write-down.  The amendments of ASU 2016-13 are effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019.  Earlier application is permitted for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018.  Trustmark plans to adopt the amendments of ASU 2016-13 during the first quarter of 2020.  Trustmark has established a steering committee which includes the appropriate members of Management to evaluate the impact this ASU will have on Trustmark’s financial position, results of operations and financial statement disclosures and determine the most appropriate method of implementing the amendments in this ASU as well as any resources needed to implement the amendments.  The steering committee is currently evaluating various third-party vendors to determine the most appropriate product for Trustmark and the level of assistance that will be required for implementation.

ASU 2016-09, “Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting.”  Issued in March 2016, ASU 2016-09 seeks to reduce complexity in accounting standards by simplifying several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions.  The amendments of ASU 2016-09 include: (i) requiring all excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies to be recognized as income tax expense or benefit in the income statement; (ii) requiring excess tax benefits to be classified along with other income tax cash flows as an operating activity on the statement of cash flow; (iii) allowing an entity to make an entity-wide accounting policy election to either estimate the number of awards that expect to vest or account for forfeitures when they occur; (iv) change the threshold to qualify for equity classification to permit withholding up to the maximum statutory tax rates in the applicable jurisdictions; and (v) requiring that cash paid by an employer when directly withholding shares for tax-withholding purposes to be classified as a financing activity on the statement of cash flows.  The amendments of ASU 2016-09 became effective for Trustmark on January 1, 2017 and did not have a material impact on Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements.  Trustmark has made an entity-wide accounting policy election to account for forfeitures of stock awards as they occur.  Changes as required by the amendments of ASU 2016-09 are presented in the accompanying consolidated statements of cash flows.

ASU 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842).” Issued in February 2016, ASU 2016-02 was issued by the FASB to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by recognizing lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet and by disclosing key information about leasing arrangements.  ASU 2016-02 will, among other things, require lessees to recognize a lease liability, which is a lessee’s obligation to make lease payments arising from a lease, measured on a discounted basis; and a right-of-use asset, which is an asset that represents the lessee’s right to use, or control the use of, a specified asset for the lease term. ASU 2016-02 does not significantly change lease accounting requirements applicable to lessors; however, the ASU contains some targeted improvements that are intended to align, where necessary, lessor accounting with the lessee accounting model and with the updated revenue recognition guidance issued in 2014.  The amendments of ASU 2016-02 are effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018.  Trustmark plans to adopt the amendments of ASU 2016-02 beginning in the first quarter of 2019.  At adoption, Trustmark will recognize a lease asset and a corresponding lease liability on its consolidated balance sheet for its total lease obligation measured on a discounted basis.  As of December 31, 2016, all leases in which Trustmark was the lessee were classified as operating leases and the total outstanding lease obligation was $58.0 million, or 0.4% of total assets.  Trustmark does not anticipant any material impact to its consolidated statements of income as a result of the adoption of this ASU.  Trustmark has an immaterial amount of leases in which it

48


 

is the lessor.  Based on Management’s evaluation to date, Trustmark does not expect the amendments of ASU 2016-02 to have any material impact to these leases or the related income.  Management will continue to evaluate the impact this ASU will have on Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements; however, the adoption of ASU 2016-02 is not expected to have a material impact on Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements.

ASU 2016-01, “Financial Instruments-Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (An Amendment of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification).”  Issued in January 2016, ASU 2016-01 is intended to enhance the reporting model for financial instruments to provide users of financial statements with improved decision-making information.  The amendments of ASU 2016-01 include: (i) requiring equity investments, except those accounted for under the equity method of accounting or those that result in the consolidation of an investee, to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income; (ii) requiring a qualitative assessment to identify impairment of equity investments without readily determinable fair values; (iii) eliminating the requirement to disclose the method and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value for financial instruments measured at amortized cost on the balance sheet; (iv) requiring the use of the exit price notion when measuring the fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes; (v) requiring an entity that has elected the fair value option to measure the fair value of a liability to present separately in other comprehensive income the portion of the change in the fair value resulting from a change in the instrument-specific credit risk; (vi) requiring separate presentation of financial assets and financial liabilities by measurement category and form of financial asset on the balance sheet or the accompanying notes to the financial statements and (vii) clarifying that an entity should evaluate the need for a valuation allowance on a deferred tax asset related to available for sale securities in combination with the entity’s other deferred tax assets.  The amendments of ASU 2016-01 are effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017.  Trustmark plans to adopt the amendments of ASU 2016-01 during the first quarter of 2018.  Management has evaluated the impact this ASU will have on Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements.  Through this evaluation, Management has determined that the principal areas impacted by the amendments of ASU 2016-01 will be Trustmark’s investment in member bank stock, which are equity securities that do not have readily determinable fair values, and various fair value related disclosures.  See Note 1 – Significant Accounting Policies, “Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) and Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta Stock” included in Item 8 of Trustmark’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for information regarding Trustmark’s investment in member bank stock.  The adoption of ASU 2016-01 is not expected to have a material impact on Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements.

ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606).” Issued in May 2014, ASU 2014-09 will add FASB ASC Topic 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers,” and will supersede revenue recognition requirements in FASB ASC Topic 605, “Revenue Recognition,” as well as certain cost guidance in FASB ASC Topic 605-35, “Revenue Recognition – Construction-Type and Production-Type Contracts.” ASU 2014-09 provides a framework for revenue recognition that replaces the existing industry and transaction specific requirements under the existing standards.  ASU 2014-09 requires an entity to apply a five-step model to determine when to recognize revenue and at what amount.  The model specifies that revenue should be recognized when (or as) an entity transfers control of goods or services to a customer at the amount in which the entity expects to be entitled.  Depending on whether certain criteria are met, revenue should be recognized either over time, in a manner that depicts the entity’s performance, or at a point in time, when control of the goods or services are transferred to the customer.  ASU 2014-09 provides that an entity should apply the following steps: (1) identify the contract(s) with a customer; (2) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (3) determine the transaction price; (4) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (5) recognize revenue when, or as, the entity satisfies a performance obligation.  In addition, the existing requirements for the recognition of a gain or loss on the transfer of non-financial assets that are not in a contract with a customer are amended to be consistent with the guidance on recognition and measurement in ASU 2014-09.  The amendments of ASU 2014-09 may be applied either retrospectively to each prior reporting period presented or retrospectively with the cumulative effect of initially applying ASU 2014-09 recognized at the date of initial application.  If the transition method of application is elected, the entity should also provide the additional disclosures in reporting periods that include the date of initial application of (1) the amount by which each financial statement line item is affected in the current reporting period, as compared to the guidance that was in effect before the change, and (2) an explanation of the reasons for significant changes.  ASU 2015-14, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)-Deferral of the Effective Date,” issued in August 2015, defers the effective date of ASU 2014-09 by one year.  ASU 2015-14 provides that the amendments of ASU 2014-09 become effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017.  Earlier application is permitted only as of annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period.  All subsequently issued ASUs which provide additional guidance and clarifications to various aspects of FASB ASC Topic 606 will become effective when the amendments of ASU 2014-09 become effective.  Trustmark plans to adopt these amendments during the first quarter of 2018.  Management is continuing to evaluate the impact ASU 2014-09 will have on Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements as well as the most appropriate transition method of application.  Based on this evaluation to date, Management has determined that the majority of the revenues earned by Trustmark are not within the scope of ASU 2014-09.  Management also believes that for most revenue streams within the scope of ASU 2014-09, the amendments will not change the timing of when the revenue is recognized.  Management will continue to evaluate the impact the adoption of ASU 2014-09 will have on Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements, focusing on noninterest income sources within the scope of ASU 2014-09 as well as new

49


 

disclosures required by these amendments; however, the adoption of ASU 2014-09 is not expected to have a material impact on Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements.

 

 

ITEM 2.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following provides a narrative discussion and analysis of Trustmark Corporation’s (Trustmark) financial condition and results of operations.  This discussion should be read in conjunction with the unaudited consolidated financial statements and the supplemental financial data included in Part I. Item 1. – Financial Statements – of this report.

Description of Business

Trustmark, a Mississippi business corporation incorporated in 1968, is a bank holding company headquartered in Jackson, Mississippi.  Trustmark’s principal subsidiary is Trustmark National Bank (TNB), initially chartered by the State of Mississippi in 1889.  At March 31, 2017, TNB had total assets of $13.486 billion, which represented approximately 99.97% of the consolidated assets of Trustmark.

Through TNB and its other subsidiaries, Trustmark operates as a financial services organization providing banking and other financial solutions through 193 offices and 2,799 full-time equivalent associates (measured at March 31, 2017) located in the states of Alabama (primarily in the central and southern regions of that state, which are collectively referred to herein as Trustmark’s Alabama market), Florida (primarily in the northwest or “Panhandle” region of that state, which is referred to herein as Trustmark’s Florida market), Mississippi, Tennessee (in the Memphis and Northern Mississippi regions, which are collectively referred to herein as Trustmark’s Tennessee market), and Texas (primarily in Houston, which is referred to herein as Trustmark’s Texas market).  Trustmark’s operations are managed along three operating segments: General Banking Division, Wealth Management Division and Insurance Division.  For a complete overview of Trustmark’s business, see the section captioned “The Corporation” included in Part I. Item 1. – Business of Trustmark’s 2016 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Executive Overview

Trustmark continued to achieve solid financial results with total revenue of $143.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017, an increase of 4.1% when compared to the same time period in 2016.  Trustmark continued to maintain and expand customer relationships as reflected by growth in the loans held for investment (LHFI) portfolio, which increased $153.4 million, or 2.0%, during the first quarter of 2017.  During the first quarter of 2017, Trustmark reclassified $36.7 million of acquired loans not accounted for under Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standard Codification (ASC) Topic 310-30, “Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality” to LHFI due to the discount on these loans being fully amortized.  Excluding the reclassified acquired loans, LHFI increased $116.7 million, or 1.5%, during the first three months of 2017.  Credit quality remained strong and continued to be an important contributor to Trustmark’s financial success.  On April 7, 2017, Trustmark completed its previously announced merger with RB Bancorporation.  RB Bancorporation, with assets of $201.2 million as of March 31, 2017, was the holding company for Reliance Bank (Reliance), which had seven offices serving the Huntsville, Alabama metropolitan service area in northern Alabama.  Reliance was merged into TNB simultaneously with the merger of Trustmark and RB Bancorporation.  Under the terms of the merger agreement dated November 14, 2016, Trustmark paid $22.00 in cash for each share of RB Bancorporation common stock outstanding, which represented total consideration for RB Bancorporation common shareholders of approximately $23.7 million.  Trustmark is committed to investments to support profitable revenue growth as well as reengineering and efficiency opportunities to enhance shareholder value.  Trustmark’s capital position remained solid, reflecting the consistent profitability of its diversified financial services businesses.  Trustmark’s Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.23 per share.  The dividend is payable June 15, 2017, to shareholders of record on June 1, 2017.

Recent Economic and Industry Developments

The economy continued to show moderate signs of improvement in the first three months of 2017; however, economic concerns remain as a result of the cumulative weight of continued soft labor markets in the United States, volatility in crude oil prices and slowing growth in markets in Western Europe, Japan, China, Russia and other emerging markets, combined with uncertainty regarding the pace of further tightening of monetary policy by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (FRB), the consequences of the decision of the United Kingdom to exit the European Union, and the recent presidential election.  Doubts surrounding the near-term direction of global markets, and the potential impact of these trends on the United States economy, are expected to persist for some time.  While Trustmark’s customer base is wholly domestic, international economic conditions affect domestic economic conditions, and thus may have an impact upon Trustmark’s financial condition or results of operations.

50


 

In the April 2017 “Summary of Commentary on Current Economic Conditions by Federal Reserve Districts,” the twelve Federal Reserve Districts’ reports suggested national economic activity continued to expand at a modest to moderate pace during the reporting period, and noted increased manufacturing, mixed reports on residential construction and sales as well as improved conditions in the energy industry, improvements in labor markets, and increased loan volumes.  Reports by the three Federal Reserve Districts covering the southeast United States, which include Trustmark’s five key market regions, suggested that economic activity increased at a modest pace, with most businesses reporting improved sales and positive outlooks for the near term.  The Federal Reserve’s Sixth District, Atlanta (which includes Trustmark’s Alabama, Florida and Mississippi market regions), reported that economic activity expanded at a modest pace with optimistic outlooks for the first half of 2017, labor markets remained tight and wage growth was stable, and manufacturing activity increased.  The Federal Reserve’s Sixth District also reported that sales of residential real estate was flat while new home construction increased, and commercial real estate demand continued to improve, but cautioned that the rate of improvement varied by metropolitan area, submarket, and property type.  The Federal Reserve’s Eighth District, St. Louis (which includes Trustmark’s Tennessee market region), reported modest expansion in economic conditions, moderate growth in employment and wages, improvements in residential construction activity, strengthening banking and credit conditions and increased loan demand with moderate growth noted across all lending categories.  The Federal Reserve’s Eleventh District, Dallas (which includes Trustmark’s Texas market region), reported economic activity expanded moderately, loan demand increased and loan performance improved, and noted improvements in manufacturing activity and demand for non-financial services as well as growth in housing demand and commercial leasing activity despite continued weakness in leasing activity in Houston.  The Federal Reserve’s Eleventh District also reported drilling activity and demand for oil field services improved substantially during the period and oil and gas activity surge and outlooks for 2017 were more optimistic; however, concern remains over expected volatility and the sustainability of the accelerating pace of oil and gas activity.

The FRB increased the target range for the federal funds rate in December 2016 and again in March 2017, and indicated that it may further increase rates during 2017, depending on economic conditions.  It is not possible to predict the timing or amount of any such additional increases.  Low interest rates will continue to place pressure on net interest margins for Trustmark (as well as its competitors), as any increases in interest rates will place competitive pressures on the deposit cost of funds.

Financial Highlights

Trustmark reported net income of $31.2 million, or basic and diluted earnings per share (EPS) of $0.46, in the first quarter of 2017, compared to $27.0 million, or basic and diluted EPS of $0.40, in the first quarter of 2016.  The increase in net income when the first quarter of 2017 is compared to the same time period in 2016 was principally due to the increase in total revenue partially offset by an increase in noninterest expense.  Trustmark’s performance during the quarter ended March 31, 2017 produced a return on average tangible equity of 11.39%, a return on average assets of 0.95%, an average equity to average assets ratio of 11.47% and a dividend payout ratio of 50.00%, compared to a return on average tangible equity of 10.26%, a return on average assets of 0.85%, an average equity to average assets ratio of 11.73% and a dividend payout ratio of 57.50% during the quarter ended March 31, 2016.

Revenue, which is defined as net interest income plus noninterest income, totaled $143.6 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2017 compared to $138.0 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2016, an increase of $5.6 million, or 4.1%.  The increase in total revenue for the first quarter of 2017 was principally the result of increases in interest and fees on loans held for sale (LHFS) and LHFI and noninterest income, partially offset by a decline in interest and fees on acquired loans and an increase in total interest expense.

Interest and fees on LHFS and LHFI increased $7.1 million, or 9.9%, when the first quarter of 2017 is compared to the same time period in 2016, primarily due to an increase in the LHFI portfolio.  LHFI totaled $8.005 billion at March 31, 2017, an increase of $736.6 million, or 10.1%, when compared to March 31, 2016, as a result of net growth across all of Trustmark’s market regions and all categories in its LHFI portfolio, with the exception of other loans.  Total noninterest income increased $2.8 million, or 6.4%, when the first quarter of 2017 is compared to the same time period in 2016, primarily due to increases in mortgage banking, net and other income, net.  Mortgage banking, net increased $1.5 million, or 17.1%, when the first three months of 2017 is compared to the same time period in 2016, principally due to a higher net positive hedge ineffectiveness and an increase in gain on sale of loans, net partially offset by a decline in the net positive mortgage valuation adjustment.  Other income, net increased $1.0 million when the first quarter of 2017 is compared to the first quarter of 2016, primarily due to gains earned on sales of premises and equipment during the period.  Interest and fees on acquired loans decreased $1.8 million, or 26.1%, when the first quarter of 2017 is compared to the same time period in 2016, in accordance with previously disclosed expectations.  This was primarily due to a $1.6 million decline in accretion income as acquired loans have continued to pay down as anticipated.  Interest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2017 increased $1.5 million, or 24.9%, when compared to the same time period in 2016 principally due to increased interest expense on deposits.  Interest expense on deposits increased $907 thousand, or 29.9%, when the first three months of 2017 is compared to the same time period in 2016, principally due to increases in average balances of and rates on interest checking and money market deposit accounts as well as higher rates on consumer certificates of deposit.

51


 

Trustmark’s provision for loan losses, LHFI for the three months ended March 31, 2017 totaled $2.8 million, an increase of $519 thousand, or 23.1%, when compared to a provision for loan losses, LHFI of $2.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016.  The increase in the provision for loan losses, LHFI when the first quarter of 2017 is compared to the same time period in 2016 was primarily due to additional reserves required for the $36.7 million of acquired loans reclassified to LHFI and to other loan growth.  Please see the section captioned “Provision for Loan Losses, LHFI,” for additional information regarding the provision for loan losses, LHFI.  The provision for loan losses, acquired loans for the three months ended March 31, 2017 totaled a negative $1.6 million, a decrease of $2.9 million when compared to a positive provision of $1.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016.  The decrease in the provision for loan losses, acquired loans for the first quarter of 2017 when compared to the first quarter of 2016 was principally due to $1.7 million of excess reserves released during the quarter, primarily related to loans acquired from BancTrust, as well as changes in expectations based on the periodic re-estimations performed during the respective periods and a decline in acquired loan balances.  Please see the section captioned “Provision for Loan Losses, Acquired Loans,” for additional information regarding the provision for loan losses, acquired loans.  In total, the provision for loan losses, net was $1.2 million for the first quarter of 2017, a decrease of $2.4 million, or 67.4%, when compared to the same time period in 2016.

At March 31, 2017, nonperforming assets, excluding acquired loans, totaled $117.3 million, an increase of $6.0 million, or 5.4%, compared to December 31, 2016, primarily due to an increase in nonaccrual LHFI partially offset by a decline in other real estate.  Total nonaccrual LHFI were $61.3 million at March 31, 2017, representing an increase of $12.1 million, or 24.5%, relative to December 31, 2016, principally due to one large substandard energy credit moving to nonaccrual status during the first three months of 2017.  Other real estate declined $6.1 million, or 9.8%, during the first three months of 2017 primarily due to properties sold in all five of Trustmark’s market regions as well as write-downs of properties in Trustmark’s Florida, Mississippi and Alabama market regions partially offset by properties foreclosed in the Mississippi, Tennessee and Alabama market regions.

LHFI totaled $8.005 billion at March 31, 2017, an increase of $153.4 million, or 2.0%, compared to December 31, 2016.  During the first quarter of 2017, Trustmark reclassified $36.7 million of acquired loans not accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 310-30 to LHFI due to the discount on these loans being fully amortized.  Excluding the reclassified acquired loans, LHFI increased $116.7 million, or 1.5%, during the first three months of 2017.  The increase in LHFI, excluding the reclassified acquired loans, during the first three months of 2017 represented net growth in Trustmark’s Alabama, Florida and Tennessee market regions, primarily in loans secured by real estate and other loans.  For additional information regarding changes in LHFI and comparative balances by loan category, see the section captioned “LHFI.”

While both classified and criticized LHFI balances remain at low levels and continue to reflect strong credit quality, classified LHFI declined slightly and criticized LHFI increased during the first quarter of 2017.  As of March 31, 2017, classified LHFI balances declined $2.6 million, or 1.1%, while criticized LHFI balances increased $13.6 million, or 5.3%, when compared to balances at December 31, 2016.  The increase in the volume of criticized LHFI during the first three months of 2017 was primarily due to downgrades of two credits in the Texas market region.  Both classified and criticized LHFI increased when compared to balances one year ago.  As of March 31, 2017, classified LHFI balances increased $46.2 million, or 26.1%, while criticized LHFI balances increased $80.9 million, or 43.3%, when compared to balances at March 31, 2016.  The increase in the volume of classified and criticized LHFI was primarily a result of downgrades to several commercial and industrial credits in the Texas and Mississippi market regions during the second half of 2016.  The downgrades were primarily energy-related credits identified during Trustmark’s ongoing quarterly assessment of its energy portfolio and have been reserved for appropriately.

Management has continued its practice of maintaining excess funding capacity to provide Trustmark with adequate liquidity for its ongoing operations.  In this regard, Trustmark benefits from its strong deposit base, its highly liquid investment portfolio and its access to funding from a variety of external funding sources such as upstream federal funds lines, Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) advances and, on a limited basis, brokered deposits.

Total deposits were $10.104 billion at March 31, 2017, an increase of $48.5 million, or 0.5% compared to December 31, 2016.  During the first three months of 2017, noninterest-bearing deposits increased $236.5 million, or 8.0%, primarily due to growth in all categories of demand deposit accounts, while interest-bearing deposits decreased $188.0 million, or 2.7%, primarily due to declines in public interest checking accounts partially offset by growth in savings deposits and certificates of deposit.  

Trustmark uses short-term borrowings to fund growth of earning assets in excess of deposits growth.  Other short-term borrowings totaled $1.389 billion at March 31, 2017, an increase of $79.4 million, or 6.1%, when compared to December 31, 2016 as a result of the increase in earning assets, principally LHFI, out-pacing the growth in deposits.  The increase in other short-term borrowings was principally due to a $100.0 million increase in outstanding short-term FHLB advances with the FHLB of Dallas partially offset by a $29.4 million decline in upstream federal funds purchased as Trustmark continues to utilize these funding sources to fund the difference between loan and deposit growth.

52


 

Recent Legislative and Regulatory Developments

For information regarding legislation and regulation applicable to Trustmark, see the section captioned “Supervision and Regulation” included in Part I. Item 1. – Business of Trustmark’s 2016 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Selected Financial Data

The following table presents financial data derived from Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements as of and for the periods presented ($ in thousands, except per share data):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Consolidated Statements of Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest income

 

$

104,906

 

 

$

100,598

 

Total interest expense

 

 

7,316

 

 

 

5,858

 

Net interest income

 

 

97,590

 

 

 

94,740

 

Provision for loan losses, LHFI

 

 

2,762

 

 

 

2,243

 

Provision for loan losses, acquired loans

 

 

(1,605

)

 

 

1,309

 

Noninterest income

 

 

46,033

 

 

 

43,276

 

Noninterest expense

 

 

102,057

 

 

 

98,944

 

Income before income taxes

 

 

40,409

 

 

 

35,520

 

Income taxes

 

 

9,161

 

 

 

8,517

 

Net Income

 

$

31,248

 

 

$

27,003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenue

 

$

143,623

 

 

$

138,016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per Share Data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share

 

$

0.46

 

 

$

0.40

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

 

0.46

 

 

 

0.40

 

Cash dividends per share

 

 

0.23

 

 

 

0.23

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance Ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average equity

 

 

8.27

%

 

 

7.27

%

Return on average tangible equity

 

 

11.39

%

 

 

10.26

%

Return on average assets

 

 

0.95

%

 

 

0.85

%

Average equity/average assets

 

 

11.47

%

 

 

11.73

%

Net interest margin (fully taxable equivalent)

 

 

3.49

%

 

 

3.54

%

Dividend payout ratio

 

 

50.00

%

 

 

57.50

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit Quality Ratios (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net charge-offs/average loans

 

 

0.08

%

 

 

0.01

%

Provision for loan losses/average loans

 

 

0.14

%

 

 

0.12

%

Nonperforming loans/total loans (incl LHFS*)

 

 

0.75

%

 

 

0.95

%

Nonperforming assets/total loans (incl LHFS*)

   plus ORE**

 

 

1.42

%

 

 

1.89

%

Allowance for loan losses/total loans (excl LHFS*)

 

 

0.91

%

 

 

0.96

%

53


 

 

March 31,

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

13,490,361

 

 

$

12,775,196

 

Securities

 

 

3,521,621

 

 

 

3,536,323

 

Total loans (including LHFS* and acquired loans)

 

 

8,396,989

 

 

 

7,823,805

 

Deposits

 

 

10,104,472

 

 

 

9,633,643

 

Total shareholders' equity

 

 

1,537,961

 

 

 

1,508,256

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock Performance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Market value - close

 

$

31.79

 

 

$

23.03

 

Book value

 

 

22.71

 

 

 

22.30

 

Tangible book value

 

 

17.02

 

 

 

16.50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital Ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total equity/total assets

 

 

11.40

%

 

 

11.81

%

Tangible equity/tangible assets

 

 

8.80

%

 

 

9.01

%

Tangible equity/risk-weighted assets

 

 

11.49

%

 

 

11.84

%

Tier 1 leverage ratio

 

 

9.86

%

 

 

9.93

%

Common equity tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

 

 

12.19

%

 

 

12.41

%

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

 

 

12.79

%

 

 

13.04

%

Total risk-based capital ratio

 

 

13.61

%

 

 

13.92

%

 

(1)

Consistent with Trustmark's audited annual financial statements, revenue is defined as net interest income plus noninterest income

(2)

Excludes Acquired Loans and Covered Other Real Estate

*

LHFS is Loans Held for Sale

**

ORE is Other Real Estate

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

In addition to capital ratios defined by U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and banking regulators, Trustmark utilizes various tangible common equity measures when evaluating capital utilization and adequacy.  Tangible common equity, as defined by Trustmark, represents common equity less goodwill and identifiable intangible assets.

Trustmark believes these measures are important because they reflect the level of capital available to withstand unexpected market conditions.  Additionally, presentation of these measures allows readers to compare certain aspects of Trustmark’s capitalization to other organizations.  These ratios differ from capital measures defined by banking regulators principally in that the numerator excludes shareholders’ equity associated with preferred securities, the nature and extent of which varies across organizations.  In Management’s experience, many stock analysts use tangible common equity measures in conjunction with more traditional bank capital ratios to compare capital adequacy of banking organizations with significant amounts of goodwill or other tangible assets, typically stemming from the use of the purchase accounting method in accounting for mergers and acquisitions.

These calculations are intended to complement the capital ratios defined by GAAP and banking regulators.  Because GAAP does not include these capital ratio measures, Trustmark believes there are no comparable GAAP financial measures to these tangible common equity ratios.  Despite the importance of these measures to Trustmark, there are no standardized definitions for them and, as a result, Trustmark’s calculations may not be comparable with other organizations.  Also there may be limits in the usefulness of these measures to investors.  As a result, Trustmark encourages readers to consider its consolidated financial statements and the notes related thereto in their entirety and not to rely on any single financial measure. 

54


 

The following table reconciles Trustmark’s calculation of these measures to amounts reported under GAAP for the periods presented ($ in thousands, except per share data):

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

TANGIBLE EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AVERAGE BALANCES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total shareholders' equity

 

 

$

1,533,098

 

 

$

1,494,684

 

Less:  Goodwill

 

 

 

(366,156

)

 

 

(366,156

)

Identifiable intangible assets

 

 

 

(19,950

)

 

 

(26,709

)

Total average tangible equity

 

 

$

1,146,992

 

 

$

1,101,819

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PERIOD END BALANCES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total shareholders' equity

 

 

$

1,537,961

 

 

$

1,508,256

 

Less:  Goodwill

 

 

 

(366,156

)

 

 

(366,156

)

Identifiable intangible assets

 

 

 

(19,117

)

 

 

(25,751

)

Total tangible equity

(a)

 

$

1,152,688

 

 

$

1,116,349

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TANGIBLE ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

 

$

13,490,361

 

 

$

12,775,196

 

Less:  Goodwill

 

 

 

(366,156

)

 

 

(366,156

)

Identifiable intangible assets

 

 

 

(19,117

)

 

 

(25,751

)

Total tangible assets

(b)

 

$

13,105,088

 

 

$

12,383,289

 

Risk-weighted assets

(c)

 

$

10,031,410

 

 

$

9,431,021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCOME ADJUSTED FOR INTANGIBLE AMORTIZATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

$

31,248

 

 

$

27,003

 

Plus:  Intangible amortization net of tax

 

 

 

966

 

 

 

1,109

 

Net income adjusted for intangible amortization

 

 

$

32,214

 

 

$

28,112

 

Period end shares outstanding

(d)

 

 

67,729,434

 

 

 

67,639,832

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TANGIBLE EQUITY MEASUREMENTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average tangible equity (1)

 

 

 

11.39

%

 

 

10.26

%

Tangible equity/tangible assets

(a)/(b)

 

 

8.80

%

 

 

9.01

%

Tangible equity/risk-weighted assets

(a)/(c)

 

 

11.49

%

 

 

11.84

%

Tangible book value

(a)/(d)*1,000

 

$

17.02

 

 

$

16.50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMMON EQUITY TIER 1 CAPITAL (CET1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total shareholders' equity

 

 

$

1,537,961

 

 

$

1,508,256

 

AOCI-related adjustments

 

 

 

43,005

 

 

 

21,573

 

CET1 adjustments and deductions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill net of associated deferred tax liabilities (DTLs)

 

 

 

(347,085

)

 

 

(348,515

)

Other adjustments and deductions for CET1 (2)

 

 

 

(10,803

)

 

 

(10,861

)

CET1 capital

(e)

 

 

1,223,078

 

 

 

1,170,453

 

Additional tier 1 capital instruments plus related surplus

 

 

 

60,000

 

 

 

60,000

 

Less: additional tier 1 capital deductions

 

 

 

(159

)

 

 

(434

)

Additional tier 1 capital

 

 

 

59,841

 

 

 

59,566

 

Tier 1 Capital

 

 

$

1,282,919

 

 

$

1,230,019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common equity tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

(e)/(c)

 

 

12.19

%

 

 

12.41

%

 

(1)

Calculation = ((net income adjusted for intangible amortization/number of days in period)*number of days in year)/total average tangible equity

(2)

Includes other intangible assets, net of DTLs, disallowed deferred tax assets, threshold deductions and transition adjustments, as applicable

 

55


 

Results of Operations

Net Interest Income

Net interest income is the principal component of Trustmark’s income stream and represents the difference, or spread, between interest and fee income generated from earning assets and the interest expense paid on deposits and borrowed funds.  Fluctuations in interest rates, as well as volume and mix changes in earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, can materially impact net interest income. The net interest margin is computed by dividing fully taxable equivalent (FTE) net interest income by average interest-earning assets and measures how effectively Trustmark utilizes its interest-earning assets in relationship to the interest cost of funding them.  The accompanying Yield/Rate Analysis Table shows the average balances for all assets and liabilities of Trustmark and the interest income or expense associated with earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.  The yields and rates have been computed based upon interest income and expense adjusted to a FTE basis using a 35% federal marginal tax rate for all periods shown.  Loans on nonaccrual have been included in the average loan balances, and interest collected prior to these loans having been placed on nonaccrual has been included in interest income.  Loan fees included in interest associated with the average loan balances are immaterial.

Net interest income-FTE for the three months ended March 31, 2017 increased $3.2 million, or 3.2%, when compared with the same time period in 2016.  The net interest margin for the three months ended March 31, 2017 decreased 5 basis points to 3.49% when compared to the same time period in 2016.  The decrease in the net interest margin for the three months ended March 31, 2017 reflected the prolonged low interest rate environment in the United States, and was primarily the result of increases in the cost of interest-bearing deposits and federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements and a decrease in the yield on taxable securities.  The net interest margin excluding acquired loans, which equals the reported net interest income-FTE excluding interest and fees on acquired loans, as a percentage of average earning assets excluding average acquired loans, for the three months ended March 31, 2017 was 3.38%, a decrease of 2 basis points when compared to the same time period in 2016, due to the factors discussed above.

Average interest-earning assets for the first three months of 2017 were $11.903 billion compared to $11.287 billion for the same time period in 2016, an increase of $615.8 million, or 5.5%.  The growth in average earning assets during the first three months of 2017 was primarily due to an increase in average loans (LHFS and LHFI) of $728.1 million, or 9.9%, partially offset by a decrease in average acquired loans of $128.0 million, or 33.8%.  The increase in average loans (LHFS and LHFI) was primarily attributable to the $736.6 million, or 10.1%, increase in the LHFI portfolio when balances at March 31, 2017 are compared to balances at March 31, 2016.  This increase represented net growth across all of Trustmark’s market regions and all categories in its LHFI portfolio, with the exception of other loans.  The decline in average acquired loans was primarily attributable to pay-offs of acquired loans, principally related to the BancTrust merger, as well as the reclassification of $36.7 million of acquired loans not accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 310-30 to LHFI during the first quarter of 2017 due to the discount on these loans being fully amortized.

During the first three months of 2017, interest and fees on LHFS and LHFI-FTE increased $7.6 million, or 9.9%, when compared to the same time period in 2016, due to growth in LHFI, while the yield on loans (LHFS and LHFI) increased 4 basis points to 4.21% as a result of increases in interest rates during the period.  During the first three months of 2017, interest and fees on acquired loans decreased $1.8 million, or 26.1%, compared to the same time period in 2016, due to declines in accretion income as acquired loans continue to pay-down as anticipated.  The yield on acquired loans for the first three months of 2017 increased to 8.40% compared to 7.46% during the first three months of 2016.  As a result of these factors, interest income-FTE increased $4.7 million, or 4.4%, when the first three months of 2017 is compared to the same time period in 2016, while the yield on total earning assets remained stable at 3.74%.

Average interest-bearing liabilities for the first three months of 2017 totaled $8.652 billion compared to $8.276 billion for the same time period in 2016, an increase of $375.2 million, or 4.5%.  The increase in average interest-bearing liabilities was principally due to increases in average interest-bearing deposits and average other borrowings.  Average interest-bearing deposits for the first three months of 2017 increased $219.3 million, or 3.3%, when compared to the same time period in 2016 principally due to growth in average interest-bearing demand deposits as a result of increases in interest rates.  Average other borrowings increased $174.1 million, or 17.0%, when the first three months of 2017 is compared to the first three months of 2016, primarily reflecting the increased balance of short-term FHLB advances obtained from the FHLB of Dallas, partially offset by the decrease in long-term FHLB advances as well as the maturity and pay-off of the $50.0 million subordinated notes, during December of 2016.  Average long-term FHLB advances decreased $250.1 million, or 49.9%, when the first three months of 2017 is compared to the same time period in 2016, principally due to the $500.0 million FHLB advance with the FHLB of Dallas that was reclassified from long-term to short-term in December 2016 partially offset by the $250.0 million long-term FHLB advance obtained from the FHLB of Dallas during May 2016.

56


 

Total interest expense for the first three months of 2017 increased $1.5 million, or 24.9%, when compared with the same time period in 2016 principally due to the increase in interest on deposits.  Interest on deposits for the first three months of 2017 increased $907 thousand, or 29.9%, when compared to the same time period in 2016 principally due to increases in average balances of and rates on interest checking and money market deposit accounts as well as higher rates on consumer certificates of deposit.  The rate on deposits increased 5 basis points to 0.23% for the first three months of 2017 compared to 0.18% for the same time period in 2016.  During the first three months of 2017, interest expense on federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements increased $267 thousand, or 61.9%, while the rate on federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements increased 23 basis points to 0.57% when compared to the first three months of 2016 reflecting the increase in the target range for the federal funds rate by the FRB.  As a result of these factors, the overall yield on interest-bearing liabilities increased 6 basis points to 0.34% when the first three months of 2017 is compared with the first three months of 2016.

The following tables provide the tax equivalent basis yield or rate for each component of the tax equivalent net interest margin for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

Balance

 

 

Interest

 

 

Yield/

Rate

 

 

Average

Balance

 

 

Interest

 

 

Yield/

Rate

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under

   reverse repurchase agreements

 

$

397

 

 

$

1

 

 

 

1.02

%

 

$

382

 

 

$

1

 

 

 

1.05

%

Securities - taxable

 

 

3,376,854

 

 

 

19,197

 

 

 

2.31

%

 

 

3,353,913

 

 

 

20,086

 

 

 

2.41

%

Securities - nontaxable

 

 

121,531

 

 

 

1,300

 

 

 

4.34

%

 

 

141,685

 

 

 

1,497

 

 

 

4.25

%

Loans (LHFS and LHFI)

 

 

8,074,449

 

 

 

83,790

 

 

 

4.21

%

 

 

7,346,333

 

 

 

76,235

 

 

 

4.17

%

Acquired loans

 

 

250,482

 

 

 

5,189

 

 

 

8.40

%

 

 

378,435

 

 

 

7,022

 

 

 

7.46

%

Other earning assets

 

 

79,515

 

 

 

267

 

 

 

1.36

%

 

 

66,702

 

 

 

230

 

 

 

1.39

%

Total interest-earning assets

 

 

11,903,228

 

 

 

109,744

 

 

 

3.74

%

 

 

11,287,450

 

 

 

105,071

 

 

 

3.74

%

Cash and due from banks

 

 

310,542

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

281,912

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other assets

 

 

1,235,469

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,253,282

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses, net

 

 

(83,394

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(81,138

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Assets

 

$

13,365,845

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

12,741,506

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing deposits

 

$

6,951,805

 

 

 

3,945

 

 

 

0.23

%

 

$

6,732,535

 

 

 

3,038

 

 

 

0.18

%

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under

   repurchase agreements

 

 

498,963

 

 

 

698

 

 

 

0.57

%

 

 

517,180

 

 

 

431

 

 

 

0.34

%

Other borrowings

 

 

1,200,737

 

 

 

2,673

 

 

 

0.90

%

 

 

1,026,588

 

 

 

2,389

 

 

 

0.94

%

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

8,651,505

 

 

 

7,316

 

 

 

0.34

%

 

 

8,276,303

 

 

 

5,858

 

 

 

0.28

%

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits

 

 

3,008,176

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,836,283

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

 

173,066

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

134,236

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders' equity

 

 

1,533,098

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,494,684

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity

 

$

13,365,845

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

12,741,506

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Interest Margin

 

 

 

 

 

 

102,428

 

 

 

3.49

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

99,213

 

 

 

3.54

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less tax equivalent adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,838

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,473

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Interest Margin per Consolidated

   Statements of Income

 

 

 

 

 

$

97,590

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

94,740

 

 

 

 

 

 

57


 

Provision for Loan Losses, LHFI

The provision for loan losses, LHFI is determined by Management as the amount necessary to adjust the allowance for loan losses, LHFI to a level, which, in Management’s best estimate, is necessary to absorb probable losses within the existing loan portfolio.  The provision for loan losses, LHFI reflects loan quality trends, including the levels of and trends related to nonaccrual LHFI, past due LHFI, potential problem LHFI, criticized LHFI, net charge-offs or recoveries and growth in the LHFI portfolio among other factors.  Accordingly, the amount of the provision reflects the necessary increases or decreases in the allowance for loan losses, LHFI related to adjustments for specific loans or loan pools as a result of growth in the portfolio and evaluation of current impairment analyses, actions taken with respect to risk ratings on loans and other adjustments resulting from changes in qualitative factors.  The provision for loan losses, LHFI totaled $2.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017, an increase of $519 thousand, or 23.1%, when compared to the same time period in 2016.  See the section captioned “Allowance for Loan Losses, LHFI” for further analysis of the provision for loan losses, LHFI.

Provision for Loan Losses, Acquired Loans

The provision for loan losses, acquired loans is recognized subsequent to acquisition to the extent it is probable that Trustmark will be unable to collect all cash flows expected at acquisition plus additional cash flows expected to be collected arising from changes in estimates after acquisition, considering both the timing and amount of those expected cash flows.  Provisions may be required when actual losses of unpaid principal incurred exceed previous loss expectations to date, or future cash flows previously expected to be collectible are no longer probable of collection.  The provision for loan losses, acquired loans is reflected as a valuation allowance netted against the carrying value of the acquired loans accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 310-30.  The decrease in the provision for loan losses, acquired loans during the first quarter of 2017 when compared to the first quarter of 2016 was principally due to $1.7 million of excess reserves released during the quarter, primarily related to loans acquired from BancTrust, as well as changes in expectations based on the periodic re-estimations performed during the respective periods and a decline in acquired loan balances.

The following table presents the provision for loan losses, acquired loans, by acquisition for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

BancTrust

 

$

(1,207

)

 

$

1,736

 

Bay Bank

 

 

(198

)

 

 

(101

)

Heritage

 

 

(200

)

 

 

(326

)

Total provision for loan losses, acquired loans

 

$

(1,605

)

 

$

1,309

 

 

Noninterest Income

Noninterest income represented 32.1% and 31.5% of total revenue, before securities losses, net, for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.  The following table provides the comparative components of noninterest income for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

Service charges on deposit accounts

 

$

10,832

 

 

$

11,081

 

 

$

(249

)

 

 

-2.2

%

Bank card and other fees

 

 

6,500

 

 

 

6,918

 

 

 

(418

)

 

 

-6.0

%

Mortgage banking, net

 

 

10,185

 

 

 

8,699

 

 

 

1,486

 

 

 

17.1

%

Insurance commissions

 

 

9,212

 

 

 

8,593

 

 

 

619

 

 

 

7.2

%

Wealth management

 

 

7,413

 

 

 

7,407

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

0.1

%

Other, net

 

 

1,891

 

 

 

888

 

 

 

1,003

 

 

n/m

 

Total Noninterest Income before

   securities losses, net

 

 

46,033

 

 

 

43,586

 

 

 

2,447

 

 

 

5.6

%

Security losses, net

 

 

 

 

 

(310

)

 

 

310

 

 

 

100.0

%

Total Noninterest Income

 

$

46,033

 

 

$

43,276

 

 

$

2,757

 

 

 

6.4

%

 

n/m - percentage changes greater than +/- 100% are not considered meaningful

Changes in various components of noninterest income are discussed in further detail below.  For analysis of Trustmark’s insurance commissions and wealth management income, please see the section captioned “Results of Segment Operations.”

58


 

Mortgage Banking, Net

The following table illustrates the components of mortgage banking income included in noninterest income for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

Mortgage servicing income, net

 

$

5,458

 

 

$

5,058

 

 

$

400

 

 

 

7.9

%

Change in fair value-MSR from runoff

 

 

(2,387

)

 

 

(2,005

)

 

 

(382

)

 

 

-19.1

%

Gain on sales of loans, net

 

 

3,550

 

 

 

2,591

 

 

 

959

 

 

 

37.0

%

Other, net

 

 

772

 

 

 

2,642

 

 

 

(1,870

)

 

 

-70.8

%

Mortgage banking income before hedge ineffectiveness

 

 

7,393

 

 

 

8,286

 

 

 

(893

)

 

 

-10.8

%

Change in fair value-MSR from market changes

 

 

1,466

 

 

 

(6,866

)

 

 

8,332

 

 

n/m

 

Change in fair value of derivatives

 

 

1,326

 

 

 

7,279

 

 

 

(5,953

)

 

 

-81.8

%

Net positive hedge ineffectiveness

 

 

2,792

 

 

 

413

 

 

 

2,379

 

 

n/m

 

Mortgage banking, net

 

$

10,185

 

 

$

8,699

 

 

$

1,486

 

 

 

17.1

%

 

n/m - percentage changes greater than +/- 100% are not considered meaningful

The increase in mortgage banking, net for the three months ended March 31, 2017 when compared to the same time period in 2016 was principally due to a higher net positive hedge ineffectiveness and an increase in gain on sale of loans, net partially offset by a decline in the net positive mortgage valuation adjustment.  Mortgage loan production for the three months ended March 31, 2017 was $303.5 million, a decrease of $4.0 million, or 1.3%, when compared to the same time period in 2016.  Loans serviced for others totaled $6.425 billion at March 31, 2017, compared with $6.015 billion at March 31, 2016, an increase of $410.0 million, or 6.8%, primarily due to increased loan sales.

Representing a significant component of mortgage banking income is gain on the sales of loans, net.  The increase in the gain on sales of loans, net when the three months ended March 31, 2017 is compared to the same time period in 2016, resulted from both higher profit margins from secondary marketing activities as well as higher volumes of loans sold.  Loan sales totaled $260.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017, an increase of $24.6 million, or 10.5%, when compared with the same time period in 2016.

Other mortgage banking income, net includes the net valuation adjustment recognized in income in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 825, “Financial Instruments,” for the fair value of LHFS accounted for under the fair value option and the net valuation adjustment recognized in income in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 815, “Derivatives and Hedging,” for the fair value of interest rate lock commitments and forward sales contracts.  Valuation adjustments are primarily the result of changes in volume and profit margins for the related instruments during the period.  The decrease in other mortgage banking income, net when comparing the three months ended March 31, 2017 with the same time period in 2016 was a result of the decline in the positive net valuation adjustment in the fair value of LHFS, interest rate lock commitments and forward sales contracts, which was principally due to lower increases in both volumes and profit margins during the three months ended March 31, 2017.  For additional information regarding the LHFS accounted for under the fair value option, please see the section captioned “Fair Value Option” included in Note 16 – Fair Value set forth in Part I. Item 1. – Financial Statements – of this report.  See the section captioned “Derivatives” for further discussion of the mortgage related derivative instruments.

Other Income, Net

The following table illustrates the components of other income, net included in noninterest income for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

Partnership amortization for tax credit purposes

 

$

(2,274

)

 

$

(2,479

)

 

$

205

 

 

 

8.3

%

Increase in life insurance cash surrender value

 

 

1,714

 

 

 

1,692

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

1.3

%

Other miscellaneous income

 

 

2,451

 

 

 

1,675

 

 

 

776

 

 

 

46.3

%

Total other, net

 

$

1,891

 

 

$

888

 

 

$

1,003

 

 

n/m

 

 

n/m - percentage changes greater than +/- 100% are not considered meaningful

The increase in other income, net when the first three months of 2017 is compared to the same time period in 2016 was primarily due to an increase in other miscellaneous income as a result of gains earned on sales of premises and equipment during the period.

59


 

Noninterest Expense

The following table illustrates the comparative components of noninterest expense for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

$

57,302

 

 

$

57,201

 

 

$

101

 

 

 

0.2

%

Services and fees

 

 

15,332

 

 

 

14,475

 

 

 

857

 

 

 

5.9

%

Net occupancy-premises

 

 

6,238

 

 

 

6,188

 

 

 

50

 

 

 

0.8

%

Equipment expense

 

 

5,998

 

 

 

6,094

 

 

 

(96

)

 

 

-1.6

%

Other real estate expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Write-downs

 

 

1,464

 

 

 

1,102

 

 

 

362

 

 

 

32.8

%

Net (gain)/loss on sale

 

 

(470

)

 

 

(1,867

)

 

 

1,397

 

 

 

74.8

%

Carrying costs

 

 

765

 

 

 

946

 

 

 

(181

)

 

 

-19.1

%

Total other real estate expense

 

 

1,759

 

 

 

181

 

 

 

1,578

 

 

n/m

 

FDIC assessment expense

 

 

2,640

 

 

 

2,811

 

 

 

(171

)

 

 

-6.1

%

Other expense

 

 

12,788

 

 

 

11,994

 

 

 

794

 

 

 

6.6

%

Total noninterest expense

 

$

102,057

 

 

$

98,944

 

 

$

3,113

 

 

 

3.1

%

 

n/m - percentage changes greater than +/- 100% are not considered meaningful

Changes in the various components of noninterest expense are discussed in further detail below.  Management considers disciplined expense management a key area of focus in the support of improving shareholder value.

Services and Fees

The increase in services and fees when the first quarter of 2017 is compared to the same time period in 2016 was principally due to increases in data processing expenses related to software and postage expense, partially offset by a decline in outside services and fees.

Other Real Estate Expense

The increase in other real estate expense for the three months ended March 31, 2017 compared with the same time period in 2016 was principally due to the decline in the net gain on the sale of other real estate.  For additional analysis of other real estate and foreclosure expenses, please see the section captioned “Nonperforming Assets, Excluding Acquired Loans.”

Other Expense

The following table illustrates the comparative components of other noninterest expense for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

Loan expense

 

$

2,792

 

 

$

3,043

 

 

$

(251

)

 

 

-8.2

%

Amortization of intangibles

 

 

1,564

 

 

 

1,796

 

 

 

(232

)

 

 

-12.9

%

Other miscellaneous expense

 

 

8,432

 

 

 

7,155

 

 

 

1,277

 

 

 

17.8

%

Total other expense

 

$

12,788

 

 

$

11,994

 

 

$

794

 

 

 

6.6

%

 

The increase in other expense for the three months ended March 31, 2017 when compared to the same time period in 2016 was principally due to increases in other miscellaneous expenses.  The increase in other miscellaneous expenses during the first quarter of 2017 was primarily due to increases in various miscellaneous expenses, such as subscriptions and dues, travel expense, customer fraud losses, insurance and charitable contributions, as well as a $338 thousand property valuation adjustment on a closed branch that was transferred to assets held for sale.

Results of Segment Operations

For a description of the methodologies used to measure financial performance and financial information by reportable segment, please see Note 18 – Segment Information included in Part I. Item 1. – Financial Statements – of this report.  The following discusses changes in the results of operations of each reportable segment for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016.

60


 

General Banking

Net interest income for the General Banking Division increased $3.0 million, or 3.1%, when the three months ended March 31, 2017 is compared with the same time period in 2016.  The increase in net interest income was primarily due to increases in interest and fees on LHFS and LHFI partially offset by declines in interest and fees on acquired loans and an increase in total interest expense.  The provision for loan losses, net for the three months ended March 31, 2017 totaled $1.2 million compared to $3.6 million for the same period in 2016, a decrease of $2.4 million, or 67.4%.  For more information on these net interest income items, please see the sections captioned “Financial Highlights” and “Results of Operations.”

Noninterest income for the General Banking Division increased $2.0 million, or 7.5%, during the first three months of 2017 compared to the same time period in 2016.  Noninterest income for the General Banking Division represented 23.2% of total revenue for this segment for the first three months of 2017 as opposed to 22.5% for the same time period in 2016.  Noninterest income for the General Banking Division includes service charges on deposit accounts; bank card and other fees; mortgage banking, net; other income, net and securities losses, net.  For more information on these noninterest income items, please see the analysis included in the section captioned “Noninterest Income.”

Noninterest expense for the General Banking Division increased $1.5 million, or 1.7%, during the first three months of 2017 compared with the same time period in 2016, principally due to the decline in the net gain on the sale of other real estate.  For more information on these noninterest expense items, please see the analysis included in the section captioned “Noninterest Expense.”

Wealth Management

During the first three months of 2017, net income for the Wealth Management Division decreased $825 thousand, or 81.4%, when compared to the same time period in 2016.  Net interest income for the Wealth Management Division decreased $116 thousand, or 47.3%, when the first three months of 2017 is compared to the same time period in 2016 due to a decrease in the interest income earned on deposit accounts held by the Wealth Management Division.  Noninterest income, which includes income related to investment management, trust and brokerage services, decreased $89 thousand, or 1.2%, when the first three months of 2017 is compared to the same time period in 2016.  The slight decrease in noninterest income for the Wealth Management Division was primarily attributable to declines in trust fees related to retirement planning and personal estate services, mostly offset by an increase in trust asset management fee income from investment management services and commissions and annuity income generated by the brokerage services unit.  Noninterest expense for the Wealth Management Division increased $1.3 million, or 22.2%, during the first three months of 2017 compared to the same time period in 2016, principally due to increases other miscellaneous expense and allocated general overhead expense as well as a gain recorded in other expense during the first quarter of 2016 related to the recapture of funds from a trust account.

At March 31, 2017 and 2016, Trustmark held assets under management and administration of $10.694 billion and $10.861 billion, respectively, and brokerage assets of $1.670 billion and $1.553 billion, respectively.

Insurance

Net income for the Insurance Division during the first three months of 2017 increased $174 thousand, or 19.0%, compared to the same time period in 2016.  Noninterest income for the Insurance Division increased $622 thousand, or 7.2%, when the first three months of 2017 is compared to the same time period in 2016.  Insurance commissions, which make up predominantly all of noninterest income for the Insurance Division, totaled $9.2 million for the first quarter of 2017, an increase of $753 thousand, or 8.9%, compared to the fourth quarter of 2016, and an increase of $619 thousand, or 7.2%, compared to the first quarter of 2016.  The increase in insurance commissions during the first three months of 2017 when compared to the same time period in 2016 was primarily due to new business commission volume primarily in personal property and casualty coverage as well as increases in other commission income.  General business activity in Trustmark’s geographic markets continues to improve marginally, resulting in increases in the demand for coverage on inventories, property, equipment, general liability and workers’ compensation.  Noninterest expense for the Insurance Division increased $339 thousand, or 4.7%, when the first three months of 2017 is compared to the same time period in 2016, primarily due to higher salaries and commissions expense resulting from modest general merit increases and improved performance.

Income Taxes

For the three months ended March 31, 2017, Trustmark’s combined effective tax rate was 22.7% compared to 24.0% for the same time period in 2016.  Trustmark invests in partnerships that provide income tax credits on a Federal and/or State basis (i.e., new market tax credits, low income housing tax credits or historical tax credits).  The income tax credits related to these partnerships are utilized as specifically allowed by income tax law and are recorded as a reduction in income tax expense.

61


 

Financial Condition

Earning assets serve as the primary revenue streams for Trustmark and are comprised of securities, loans, federal funds sold and other earning assets.  Average earning assets totaled $11.903 billion, or 89.1% of total average assets, at March 31, 2017, compared to $11.287 billion, or 88.6% of total average assets, at March 31, 2016, an increase of $615.8 million, or 5.5%.

Securities

The securities portfolio is utilized by Management to manage interest rate risk, generate interest income, provide liquidity and use as collateral for public deposits and wholesale funding.  Risk and return can be adjusted by altering duration, composition and/or balance of the portfolio.  The weighted-average life of the portfolio was 4.1 years at both March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016.

When compared with December 31, 2016, total investment securities increased by $6.3 million, or 0.2%, during the first three months of 2017.  This increase resulted primarily from purchases of government-sponsored enterprise (GSE) guaranteed securities and improvements in the fair market value of the available for sale securities, which were largely offset by maturities and pay-downs of the loans underlying these securities.  Trustmark sold no securities during the first three months of 2017, compared to $25.0 million of securities sold during the first three months of 2016, which generated a net loss of $310 thousand.

During 2013, Trustmark reclassified approximately $1.099 billion of securities available for sale to securities held to maturity to mitigate the potential adverse impact of a rising interest rate environment on the fair value of the available for sale securities and the related impact on tangible common equity.  The securities were transferred at fair value, which became the cost basis for the securities held to maturity.  At the date of transfer, the net unrealized holding loss on the available for sale securities totaled approximately $46.6 million ($28.8 million net of tax).  The net unrealized holding loss is amortized over the remaining life of the securities as a yield adjustment in a manner consistent with the amortization or accretion of the original purchase premium or discount on the associated security.  There were no gains or losses recognized as a result of the transfer.  At March 31, 2017, the net unamortized, unrealized loss on the transferred securities included in accumulated other comprehensive loss (AOCL) in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets totaled $23.0 million ($14.2 million net of tax) compared to $24.2 million ($14.9 million net of tax) at December 31, 2016.

Available for sale securities are carried at their estimated fair value with unrealized gains or losses recognized, net of taxes, in AOCL, a separate component of shareholders’ equity.  At March 31, 2017, available for sale securities totaled $2.366 billion, which represented 67.2% of the securities portfolio, compared to $2.357 billion, or 67.0%, at December 31, 2016.  At March 31, 2017, unrealized losses, net on available for sale securities totaled $7.2 million compared to $9.5 million at December 31, 2016.  At March 31, 2017, available for sale securities consisted of obligations of states and political subdivisions, GSE guaranteed mortgage-related securities and direct obligations of government agencies and GSEs.

Held to maturity securities are carried at amortized cost and represent those securities that Trustmark both intends and has the ability to hold to maturity.  At March 31, 2017, held to maturity securities totaled $1.156 billion and represented 32.8% of the total securities portfolio, compared with $1.159 billion, or 33.0%, at December 31, 2016.

Management continues to focus on asset quality as one of the strategic goals of the securities portfolio, which is evidenced by the investment of approximately 96% of the portfolio in GSE-backed obligations and other Aaa-rated securities as determined by Moody’s Investors Services (Moody’s).  None of the securities owned by Trustmark are collateralized by assets which are considered sub-prime.  Furthermore, outside of stock ownership in the FHLB of Dallas, FHLB of Atlanta and Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta, Trustmark does not hold any other equity investment in a GSE.

As of March 31, 2017, Trustmark did not hold securities of any one issuer with a carrying value exceeding ten percent of total shareholders’ equity, other than certain GSEs which are exempt from inclusion.  Management continues to closely monitor the credit quality as well as the ratings of the debt and mortgage-backed securities issued by the GSEs and held in Trustmark’s securities portfolio.

62


 

The following table presents Trustmark’s securities portfolio by amortized cost and estimated fair value and by credit rating, as determined by Moody’s, at March 31, 2017 ($ in thousands):

 

 

March 31, 2017

 

 

 

Amortized Cost

 

 

Estimated Fair Value

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

%

 

 

Amount

 

 

%

 

Securities Available for Sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Aaa

 

$

2,264,825

 

 

 

95.4

%

 

$

2,255,659

 

 

 

95.4

%

Aa1 to Aa3

 

 

67,677

 

 

 

2.9

%

 

 

69,109

 

 

 

2.9

%

A1 to A3

 

 

186

 

 

 

 

 

 

189

 

 

 

 

Baa1 to Baa3

 

 

218

 

 

 

 

 

 

215

 

 

 

 

Not Rated (1)

 

 

39,849

 

 

 

1.7

%

 

 

40,382

 

 

 

1.7

%

Total securities available for sale

 

$

2,372,755

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

2,365,554

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities Held to Maturity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Aaa

 

$

1,109,794

 

 

 

96.0

%

 

$

1,106,535

 

 

 

95.9

%

Aa1 to Aa3

 

 

33,541

 

 

 

2.9

%

 

 

34,932

 

 

 

3.0

%

A1 to A3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Baa1 to Baa3

 

 

417

 

 

 

 

 

 

430

 

 

 

 

Not Rated (1)

 

 

12,315

 

 

 

1.1

%

 

 

12,518

 

 

 

1.1

%

Total securities held to maturity

 

$

1,156,067

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

1,154,415

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

(1)

Not rated issues primarily consist of Mississippi municipal general obligations

The table above presenting the credit rating of Trustmark’s securities is formatted to show the securities according to the credit rating category, and not by category of the underlying security.  At March 31, 2017, approximately 95.4% of the available for sale securities, measured at the estimated fair value, and 96.0% of the held to maturity securities, measured at amortized cost, were rated Aaa.

LHFS

At March 31, 2017, LHFS totaled $174.1 million, consisting of $135.2 million of residential real estate mortgage loans in the process of being sold to third parties and $38.9 million of Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA) optional repurchase loans.  At December 31, 2016, LHFS totaled $175.9 million, consisting of $132.0 million of residential real estate mortgage loans in the process of being sold to third parties and $43.9 million of GNMA optional repurchase loans.  Please refer to the nonperforming assets table that follows for information on GNMA loans eligible for repurchase which are past due 90 days or more.

Trustmark did not exercise its buy-back option on any delinquent loans serviced for GNMA during the first three months of 2017 or 2016.

For additional information regarding the GNMA optional repurchase loans, please see the section captioned “Past Due Loans Held for Sale (LHFS)” included in Note 4 – Loans Held for Investment (LHFI) and Allowance for Loan Losses, LHFI of Part I. Item 1. – Financial Statements – of this report.

63


 

LHFI

The table below shows the carrying value of the LHFI portfolio by loan type at March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 ($ in thousands):

 

 

March 31, 2017

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

%

 

 

Amount

 

 

%

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

859,927

 

 

 

10.7

%

 

$

831,437

 

 

 

10.6

%

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

1,656,837

 

 

 

20.7

%

 

 

1,660,043

 

 

 

21.1

%

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

2,064,352

 

 

 

25.8

%

 

 

2,034,176

 

 

 

25.9

%

Other real estate secured

 

 

399,636

 

 

 

5.0

%

 

 

318,148

 

 

 

4.0

%

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

1,540,783

 

 

 

19.2

%

 

 

1,528,434

 

 

 

19.5

%

Consumer loans

 

 

166,314

 

 

 

2.1

%

 

 

170,562

 

 

 

2.2

%

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

910,493

 

 

 

11.4

%

 

 

917,515

 

 

 

11.7

%

Other loans

 

 

406,315

 

 

 

5.1

%

 

 

390,898

 

 

 

5.0

%

LHFI

 

$

8,004,657

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

7,851,213

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

LHFI increased $153.4 million, or 2.0%, compared to December 31, 2016.  During the first quarter of 2017, Trustmark reclassified $36.7 million of acquired loans not accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 310-30 to LHFI due to the discount on these loans being fully amortized.  Excluding the reclassified acquired loans, LHFI increased $116.7 million, or 1.5%, during the first three months of 2017.  The increase in LHFI, excluding the reclassified acquired loans, during the first three months of 2017 represented net growth in Trustmark’s Alabama, Florida and Tennessee market regions, primarily in loans secured by real estate and other loans.  The discussion below excludes the reclassified acquired loans.

LHFI secured by real estate increased $119.9 million, or 2.5%, during the first three months of 2017 as growth in the Alabama, Florida, Mississippi and Texas market regions was partially offset by declines in the Tennessee market region.  LHFI secured by construction, land development and other land increased $28.0 million, or 3.4%, during the first three months of 2017, primarily due to other construction loans that were moved to the appropriate permanent categories upon completion of the related construction project partially offset by new loans primarily in the other construction loans and 1-4 family construction categories.  During the first three months of 2017, $158.0 million in other construction loans were moved to the appropriate permanent categories upon completion, including $105.3 million in multi-family residential, $43.4 million in non-owner occupied, and $9.3 million in owner occupied.  Excluding all reclassifications between loan categories, growth in other construction loans across all five market regions totaled $176.5 million for the first three months of 2017.  The 1-4 family construction loan portfolio increased $10.9 million, or 6.2%, during the first three months of 2017, principally due to growth in Trustmark’s Alabama, Mississippi and Florida market regions.

LHFI secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties (NFNR LHFI) increased $26.2 million, or 1.3%, during the first three months of 2017, principally due to construction loans that moved to permanent financing.  Excluding the reclassifications from other construction loans, the NFNR LHFI portfolio declined $26.5 million, or 1.3%, during the first three months of 2017.  The decrease in the NFNR LHFI portfolio, excluding the other construction reclassifications, was primarily attributable to declines in owner occupied loans in Trustmark’s Mississippi, Texas and Alabama market regions as well as declines in non-owner occupied loans in the Texas and Tennessee market regions.  Other real estate secured LHFI increased $79.8 million, or 25.1%, during the first three months of 2017, primarily due to multi-family residential loans in Trustmark’s Texas, Mississippi, Tennessee and Alabama market regions that were moved from other construction loans to permanent financing.  Excluding all reclassifications between loan categories, other real estate secured LHFI decreased $25.9 million, or 8.1%, during the first three months of 2017.  LHFI secured by 1-4 family residential properties declined $14.2 million, or 0.9%, during the first three months of 2017, reflecting declines in the Mississippi, Tennessee and Texas market regions partially offset by growth in the Alabama and Florida market regions.

The commercial and industrial loan portfolio decreased $3.2 million, or 0.2%, during the first three months of 2017, as a result of declines in the Texas, Alabama and Mississippi market regions, which more than offset growth in the Tennessee and Florida market regions.  Trustmark’s exposure to the energy sector is primarily included in the commercial and industrial loan portfolio in Trustmark’s Mississippi and Texas market regions.  At March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, energy-related LHFI had outstanding balances of approximately $256.0 million and $271.5 million, respectively, which represented approximately 3.2% of Trustmark’s total LHFI portfolio at March 31, 2017 compared to approximately 3.5% of the total LHFI portfolio at December 31, 2016.  Trustmark has no loan exposure where the source of repayment, or the underlying security of such exposure, is tied to the realization of value from energy reserves.  Should oil prices remain at current levels or below for a prolonged period of time, there is potential for downgrades to occur.  Management will continue to monitor this exposure.  

64


 

State and other political subdivision LHFI decreased $7.0 million, or 0.8%, during the first three months of 2017 principally due to declines in the Mississippi and Tennessee market regions partially offset by growth in the Texas and Alabama market regions.  The other loan portfolio, which includes lending to nonprofits and real estate investment trusts, increased $11.4 million, or 2.9%, during the first three months of 2017, which primarily represented growth in Trustmark’s Alabama, Texas and Mississippi market regions partially offset by declines in the Tennessee and Florida market regions.

The following table provides information regarding Trustmark’s home equity loans and home equity lines of credit which are included in the LHFI secured by 1-4 family residential properties for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

March 31, 2017

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

Home equity loans

 

$

52,528

 

 

$

54,687

 

Home equity lines of credit

 

 

394,459

 

 

 

390,629

 

Percentage of loans and lines for which Trustmark holds first lien

 

 

59.6

%

 

 

59.7

%

Percentage of loans and lines for which Trustmark does not hold first lien

 

 

40.4

%

 

 

40.3

%

 

Due to the increased risk associated with second liens, loan terms and underwriting guidelines differ from those used for products secured by first liens.  Loan amounts and loan-to-value ratios are limited and are lower for second liens than first liens.  Also, interest rates and maximum amortization periods are adjusted accordingly.  In addition, regardless of lien position, the passing credit score for approval of all home equity lines of credit is higher than that of term loans.  The allowance for loan losses, LHFI is also reflective of the increased risk related to second liens through application of a greater loss factor to this portion of the portfolio.

The following tables provide information regarding the interest rate terms of Trustmark’s LHFI as of March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 ($ in thousands).  Trustmark’s variable rate LHFI are based primarily on various prime and LIBOR interest rate bases.

 

 

 

March 31, 2017

 

 

 

Fixed

 

 

Variable

 

 

Total

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

181,491

 

 

$

678,436

 

 

$

859,927

 

Secured by 1- 4 family residential properties

 

 

972,942

 

 

 

683,895

 

 

 

1,656,837

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

1,228,913

 

 

 

835,439

 

 

 

2,064,352

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

197,656

 

 

 

201,980

 

 

 

399,636

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

554,375

 

 

 

986,408

 

 

 

1,540,783

 

Consumer loans

 

 

146,201

 

 

 

20,113

 

 

 

166,314

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

809,976

 

 

 

100,517

 

 

 

910,493

 

Other loans

 

 

207,277

 

 

 

199,038

 

 

 

406,315

 

LHFI

 

$

4,298,831

 

 

$

3,705,826

 

 

$

8,004,657

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

Fixed

 

 

Variable

 

 

Total

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

210,862

 

 

$

620,575

 

 

$

831,437

 

Secured by 1- 4 family residential properties

 

 

1,616,289

 

 

 

43,754

 

 

 

1,660,043

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

1,131,720

 

 

 

902,456

 

 

 

2,034,176

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

167,250

 

 

 

150,898

 

 

 

318,148

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

518,125

 

 

 

1,010,309

 

 

 

1,528,434

 

Consumer loans

 

 

150,304

 

 

 

20,258

 

 

 

170,562

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

827,969

 

 

 

89,546

 

 

 

917,515

 

Other loans

 

 

191,358

 

 

 

199,540

 

 

 

390,898

 

LHFI

 

$

4,813,877

 

 

$

3,037,336

 

 

$

7,851,213

 

 

In the following tables, LHFI reported by region (along with related nonperforming assets and net charge-offs) are associated with location of origination except for loans secured by 1-4 family residential properties (representing traditional mortgages), credit cards and indirect consumer auto loans.  These loans are included in the Mississippi Region because they are centrally analyzed and approved as part of a specific line of business located at Trustmark’s headquarters in Jackson, Mississippi.

65


 

The following table presents the LHFI composition by region at March 31, 2017 and reflects a diversified mix of loans by region ($ in thousands):

 

 

March 31, 2017

 

LHFI Composition by Region

 

Total

 

 

Alabama

 

 

Florida

 

 

Mississippi

 

 

Tennessee

 

 

Texas

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

859,927

 

 

$

226,553

 

 

$

58,778

 

 

$

307,859

 

 

$

36,848

 

 

$

229,889

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

1,656,837

 

 

 

91,536

 

 

 

51,476

 

 

 

1,397,976

 

 

 

98,906

 

 

 

16,943

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

2,064,352

 

 

 

310,000

 

 

 

191,923

 

 

 

909,040

 

 

 

167,572

 

 

 

485,817

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

399,636

 

 

 

34,944

 

 

 

3,324

 

 

 

194,715

 

 

 

38,153

 

 

 

128,500

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

1,540,783

 

 

 

128,705

 

 

 

22,970

 

 

 

793,558

 

 

 

333,052

 

 

 

262,498

 

Consumer loans

 

 

166,314

 

 

 

21,676

 

 

 

3,684

 

 

 

122,046

 

 

 

16,776

 

 

 

2,132

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

910,493

 

 

 

79,393

 

 

 

29,450

 

 

 

548,224

 

 

 

31,595

 

 

 

221,831

 

Other loans

 

 

406,315

 

 

 

55,457

 

 

 

18,214

 

 

 

263,337

 

 

 

32,627

 

 

 

36,680

 

LHFI

 

$

8,004,657

 

 

$

948,264

 

 

$

379,819

 

 

$

4,536,755

 

 

$

755,529

 

 

$

1,384,290

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, Land Development and Other Land Loans by Region

 

Lots

 

$

61,643

 

 

$

12,769

 

 

$

17,776

 

 

$

24,734

 

 

$

2,263

 

 

$

4,101

 

Development

 

 

52,501

 

 

 

7,682

 

 

 

6,033

 

 

 

19,110

 

 

 

612

 

 

 

19,064

 

Unimproved land

 

 

108,177

 

 

 

16,203

 

 

 

15,721

 

 

 

41,533

 

 

 

15,947

 

 

 

18,773

 

1-4 family construction

 

 

185,213

 

 

 

47,561

 

 

 

10,675

 

 

 

86,919

 

 

 

2,277

 

 

 

37,781

 

Other construction

 

 

452,393

 

 

 

142,338

 

 

 

8,573

 

 

 

135,563

 

 

 

15,749

 

 

 

150,170

 

Construction, land development and other

   land loans

 

$

859,927

 

 

$

226,553

 

 

$

58,778

 

 

$

307,859

 

 

$

36,848

 

 

$

229,889

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans Secured by Nonfarm, Nonresidential Properties by Region

 

Non-owner occupied:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail

 

$

276,475

 

 

$

82,560

 

 

$

35,717

 

 

$

94,736

 

 

$

18,056

 

 

$

45,406

 

Office

 

 

218,611

 

 

 

31,346

 

 

 

30,096

 

 

 

74,722

 

 

 

6,853

 

 

 

75,594

 

Nursing homes/assisted living

 

 

128,578

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

121,935

 

 

 

6,643

 

 

-

 

Hotel/motel

 

 

232,458

 

 

 

53,118

 

 

 

29,329

 

 

 

64,244

 

 

 

41,322

 

 

 

44,445

 

Mini-storage

 

 

152,285

 

 

 

12,390

 

 

 

7,346

 

 

 

57,869

 

 

 

14,163

 

 

 

60,517

 

Industrial

 

 

121,092

 

 

 

10,640

 

 

 

10,073

 

 

 

21,802

 

 

 

5,066

 

 

 

73,511

 

Health care

 

 

31,347

 

 

 

2,126

 

 

 

815

 

 

 

27,373

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,033

 

Convenience stores

 

 

17,179

 

 

 

258

 

 

-

 

 

 

9,830

 

 

 

962

 

 

 

6,129

 

Other

 

 

95,059

 

 

 

15,486

 

 

 

24,534

 

 

 

24,493

 

 

 

2,229

 

 

 

28,317

 

Total non-owner occupied loans

 

 

1,273,084

 

 

 

207,924

 

 

 

137,910

 

 

 

497,004

 

 

 

95,294

 

 

 

334,952

 

Owner-occupied:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Office

 

 

140,556

 

 

 

18,537

 

 

 

23,312

 

 

 

68,778

 

 

 

7,226

 

 

 

22,703

 

Churches

 

 

87,616

 

 

 

12,751

 

 

 

2,074

 

 

 

44,235

 

 

 

21,746

 

 

 

6,810

 

Industrial warehouses

 

 

128,630

 

 

 

6,325

 

 

 

3,541

 

 

 

64,960

 

 

 

13,242

 

 

 

40,562

 

Health care

 

 

117,865

 

 

 

22,541

 

 

 

6,688

 

 

 

68,678

 

 

 

4,530

 

 

 

15,428

 

Convenience stores

 

 

93,577

 

 

 

9,599

 

 

 

6,983

 

 

 

52,864

 

 

 

1,135

 

 

 

22,996

 

Retail

 

 

44,329

 

 

 

4,428

 

 

 

7,012

 

 

 

21,421

 

 

 

5,826

 

 

 

5,642

 

Restaurants

 

 

33,653

 

 

 

3,593

 

 

 

885

 

 

 

23,768

 

 

 

3,424

 

 

 

1,983

 

Auto dealerships

 

 

18,849

 

 

 

8,817

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

8,902

 

 

 

1,091

 

 

-

 

Other

 

 

126,193

 

 

 

15,485

 

 

 

3,479

 

 

 

58,430

 

 

 

14,058

 

 

 

34,741

 

Total owner-occupied loans

 

 

791,268

 

 

 

102,076

 

 

 

54,013

 

 

 

412,036

 

 

 

72,278

 

 

 

150,865

 

Loans secured by nonfarm, nonresidential

   properties

 

$

2,064,352

 

 

$

310,000

 

 

$

191,923

 

 

$

909,040

 

 

$

167,572

 

 

$

485,817

 

66


 

Allowance for Loan Losses, LHFI

Trustmark’s allowance for loan loss methodology is based on guidance provided in SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 102, “Selected Loan Loss Allowance Methodology and Documentation Issues,” as well as other regulatory guidance.  Trustmark’s allowance has been developed using different factors to estimate losses based upon specific evaluation of identified individual LHFI considered impaired, estimated identified losses on various pools of LHFI and/or groups of risk rated LHFI with common risk characteristics and other external and internal factors of estimated probable losses based on other facts and circumstances.  The level of Trustmark’s allowance reflects Management’s continuing evaluation of specific credit risks, loan loss experience, current loan portfolio growth, present economic, political and regulatory conditions and unidentified losses inherent in the current loan portfolio.  For a complete description of Trustmark’s allowance for loan loss methodology and the quantitative and qualitative factors included in the valuation allowance, please see Note 4 – Loans Held for Investment (LHFI) and Allowance for Loan Losses, LHFI included in Part I. Item 1. – Financial Statements – of this report.

At March 31, 2017, the allowance for loan losses, LHFI, was $72.4 million, an increase of $1.2 million, or 1.7%, when compared with December 31, 2016.  The increase in the allowance for loan loss during the first three months of 2017 was principally due to an increase in the reserve for commercial LHFI primarily in Trustmark’s Alabama market region as well as an increase in specific reserves for impaired LHFI in the Mississippi market region, partially offset by a decline in the required reserve for consumer LHFI primarily in the Mississippi market region.  Total allowance coverage of nonperforming LHFI, excluding specifically reviewed impaired LHFI, decreased to 263.73% at March 31, 2017, compared to 267.40% at December 31, 2016 due to the increase in the nonaccrual LHFI, excluding the specifically reviewed impaired LHFI, partially offset by an increase in the allowance for loan losses, LHFI, excluding specific reserves for impaired LHFI.  Allocation of Trustmark’s $72.4 million allowance for loan losses, LHFI, represented 0.97% of commercial LHFI and 0.67% of consumer and home mortgage LHFI, resulting in an allowance to total LHFI of 0.91% as of March 31, 2017.  This compares with an allowance to total LHFI of 0.91% at December 31, 2016, which was allocated to commercial LHFI at 0.97% and to consumer and mortgage LHFI at 0.68%.

The following tables present changes in the allowance for loan losses, LHFI by geographic market region for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2017

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Alabama

 

 

Florida

 

 

Mississippi

 

 

Tennessee

 

 

Texas

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

71,265

 

 

$

7,188

 

 

$

2,900

 

 

$

43,010

 

 

$

5,801

 

 

$

12,366

 

LHFI charged-off

 

 

(4,202

)

 

 

(185

)

 

 

(137

)

 

 

(3,562

)

 

 

(304

)

 

 

(14

)

Recoveries

 

 

2,620

 

 

 

119

 

 

 

292

 

 

 

1,803

 

 

 

221

 

 

 

185

 

Net (charge-offs) recoveries

 

 

(1,582

)

 

 

(66

)

 

 

155

 

 

 

(1,759

)

 

 

(83

)

 

 

171

 

Provision for loan losses, LHFI

 

 

2,762

 

 

 

1,189

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

1,826

 

 

 

208

 

 

 

(464

)

Balance at end of period

 

$

72,445

 

 

$

8,311

 

 

$

3,058

 

 

$

43,077

 

 

$

5,926

 

 

$

12,073

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2016

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Alabama

 

 

Florida

 

 

Mississippi

 

 

Tennessee

 

 

Texas

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

67,619

 

 

$

5,469

 

 

$

2,766

 

 

$

43,184

 

 

$

5,230

 

 

$

10,970

 

LHFI charged-off

 

 

(3,363

)

 

 

(152

)

 

 

(268

)

 

 

(1,790

)

 

 

(261

)

 

 

(892

)

Recoveries

 

 

3,169

 

 

 

89

 

 

 

942

 

 

 

1,864

 

 

 

253

 

 

 

21

 

Net (charge-offs) recoveries

 

 

(194

)

 

 

(63

)

 

 

674

 

 

 

74

 

 

 

(8

)

 

 

(871

)

Provision for loan losses, LHFI

 

 

2,243

 

 

 

540

 

 

 

(818

)

 

 

1,848

 

 

 

138

 

 

 

535

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

69,668

 

 

$

5,946

 

 

$

2,622

 

 

$

45,106

 

 

$

5,360

 

 

$

10,634

 

 

Charge-offs exceeded recoveries for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016.  Net charge-offs for the three months ended March 31, 2017 totaled $1.6 million, an increase of $1.4 million when compared to the same time period in 2016.  The increase in total net charge-offs when the three months ended March 31, 2017 is compared to the same time period in 2016 was primarily due to an increase in charge-offs in the Mississippi market region, principally due to one substandard credit that was charged off during the first quarter of 2017, partially offset by a decrease in charge-offs in the Texas market region.  

The provision for loan losses, LHFI represents the change in the estimated loan losses determined utilizing Trustmark’s allowance for loan loss methodology net of charge-offs and recoveries of LHFI charged against net income.  The provision for loan losses, LHFI, for the first three months of 2017 totaled 0.14% of average loans (LHFS and LHFI), compared with 0.12% of average loans (LHFS and LHFI) for the same time period in 2016.  The increase in the provision for loan losses, LHFI when the first quarter of 2017 is compared to the same time period in 2016 was primarily due to additional reserves required for the $36.7 million of acquired loans reclassified to LHFI and to other loan growth.

67


 

Nonperforming Assets, Excluding Acquired Loans

The table below provides the components of nonperforming assets, excluding acquired loans, by geographic market region at March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 ($ in thousands):

 

 

March 31, 2017

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

Nonaccrual LHFI

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alabama

 

$

1,649

 

 

$

665

 

Florida

 

 

3,559

 

 

 

3,644

 

Mississippi

 

 

49,349

 

 

 

37,771

 

Tennessee

 

 

5,185

 

 

 

6,213

 

Texas

 

 

1,565

 

 

 

941

 

Total nonaccrual LHFI

 

 

61,307

 

 

 

49,234

 

Other real estate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alabama

 

 

13,953

 

 

 

15,989

 

Florida

 

 

21,577

 

 

 

22,582

 

Mississippi

 

 

14,974

 

 

 

15,646

 

Tennessee

 

 

4,706

 

 

 

6,183

 

Texas

 

 

758

 

 

 

1,651

 

Total other real estate

 

 

55,968

 

 

 

62,051

 

Total nonperforming assets

 

$

117,275

 

 

$

111,285

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonperforming assets/total loans (LHFI and LHFS) and ORE

 

 

1.42

%

 

 

1.38

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans past due 90 days or more

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LHFI

 

$

1,307

 

 

$

1,832

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LHFS - Guaranteed GNMA serviced loans (1)

 

$

31,147

 

 

$

28,345

 

 

(1)

No obligation to repurchase

See the previous discussion of LHFS for more information on Trustmark’s serviced GNMA loans eligible for repurchase and the impact of Trustmark’s repurchases of delinquent mortgage loans under the GNMA optional repurchase program.

Nonaccrual LHFI

At March 31, 2017, nonaccrual LHFI totaled $61.3 million, or 0.75% of total LHFS and LHFI, reflecting an increase of $12.1 million, or 0.15% of total LHFS and LHFI, relative to December 31, 2016.  The increase in nonaccrual LHFI was principally the result of one large substandard energy credit moving to nonaccrual status during the first three months of 2017.  As of March 31, 2017, nonaccrual energy-related LHFI totaled $22.8 million and represented 8.9% of Trustmark’s total energy-related portfolio, compared to $11.4 million, or 4.2% of Trustmark’s total energy-related portfolio, as of December 31, 2016.  For additional information regarding nonaccrual LHFI, see the section captioned “Nonaccrual LHFI” included in Note 4 – Loans Held for Investment (LHFI) and Allowance for Loan Losses, LHFI in Part I. Item 1. – Financial Statements of this report.

Other Real Estate

Other real estate at March 31, 2017 decreased $6.1 million, or 9.8%, when compared with December 31, 2016.  The decrease in other real estate was primarily due to properties sold in all five of Trustmark’s market regions as well as write-downs of properties in Trustmark’s Florida, Mississippi and Alabama market regions partially offset by properties foreclosed in the Mississippi, Tennessee and Alabama market regions.

On July 1, 2016, $388 thousand of covered other real estate was transferred to other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, as a result of the expiration of a loss-share agreement with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) on June 30, 2016.  As of March 31, 2017, Trustmark had no covered other real estate.  The remaining loss-share agreement with the FDIC, which covers loans secured by 1-4 family residential properties, will expire in 2021.  Should a loan covered by the remaining loss-share agreement be foreclosed, the related property will be classified as covered other real estate.

68


 

The following tables illustrate changes in other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, by geographic market region for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2017

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Alabama

 

 

Florida

 

 

Mississippi

 

 

Tennessee

 

 

Texas

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

62,051

 

 

$

15,989

 

 

$

22,582

 

 

$

15,646

 

 

$

6,183

 

 

$

1,651

 

Additions

 

 

1,766

 

 

 

70

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,368

 

 

 

328

 

 

 

 

Disposals

 

 

(6,385

)

 

 

(1,776

)

 

 

(214

)

 

 

(1,686

)

 

 

(1,816

)

 

 

(893

)

Write-downs

 

 

(1,464

)

 

 

(330

)

 

 

(791

)

 

 

(354

)

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

55,968

 

 

$

13,953

 

 

$

21,577

 

 

$

14,974

 

 

$

4,706

 

 

$

758

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2016

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Alabama

 

 

Florida

 

 

Mississippi

 

 

Tennessee

 

 

Texas

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

77,177

 

 

$

21,578

 

 

$

29,579

 

 

$

14,312

 

 

$

9,974

 

 

$

1,734

 

Additions

 

 

3,306

 

 

 

407

 

 

 

880

 

 

 

1,686

 

 

 

333

 

 

 

 

Disposals

 

 

(7,537

)

 

 

(2,968

)

 

 

(2,282

)

 

 

(1,221

)

 

 

(884

)

 

 

(182

)

Write-downs

 

 

(1,140

)

 

 

120

 

 

 

(270

)

 

 

(266

)

 

 

(724

)

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

71,806

 

 

$

19,137

 

 

$

27,907

 

 

$

14,511

 

 

$

8,699

 

 

$

1,552

 

 

Other real estate is revalued on an annual basis or more often if market conditions necessitate.  Subsequent to foreclosure, losses on the periodic revaluation of the property are charged against the reserve for other real estate write-downs or net income in other real estate expense, if a reserve does not exist.  Write-downs of other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, increased $324 thousand, or 28.4%, when the first three months of 2017 is compared to the same time period in 2016.  The increase in write-downs on other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, during the first three months of 2017 compared to the same time period in 2016 was primarily due to increases in write-downs of other real estate properties in the Florida market region and the reserve for other real estate write-downs in the Alabama market region, partially offset by reserves for other real estate write-downs used or released as well as a decline in write-downs of other real estate properties in the Tennessee market region.

For additional information regarding other real estate, including covered other real estate, see Note 7 – Other Real Estate included in Part I. Item 1. – Financial Statements of this report.

Acquired Loans

The presentation of the acquired loans disclosures has been modified from prior filings to eliminate the segmentation of acquired noncovered loans and acquired covered loans due to the significantly reduced size of the acquired covered loan portfolio.  Trustmark’s loss share agreement with the FDIC covering the acquired covered loans other than loans secured by 1-4 family residential properties expired on June 30, 2016.  Trustmark’s loss share agreement with the FDIC covering the acquired covered loans secured by 1-4 family residential properties will expire in 2021. Effective July 1, 2016, all acquired covered loans excluding the acquired covered loans secured by 1-4 family residential properties were reclassified to acquired noncovered loans.  The revised presentation reflects total acquired loan information in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and tables below.  All prior period information has been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.

As of March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, acquired loans consisted of the following ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

March 31, 2017

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

17,651

 

 

$

20,850

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

54,721

 

 

 

69,540

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

92,075

 

 

 

103,820

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

16,275

 

 

 

19,010

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

20,691

 

 

 

36,896

 

Consumer loans

 

 

2,664

 

 

 

3,365

 

Other loans

 

 

14,165

 

 

 

18,766

 

Acquired loans

 

 

218,242

 

 

 

272,247

 

Less allowance for loan losses, acquired loans

 

 

10,006

 

 

 

11,397

 

Net acquired loans

 

$

208,236

 

 

$

260,850

 

69


 

During the first three months of 2017, acquired loans declined $54.0 million, or 19.8%, compared to balances at December 31, 2016.  During the first quarter of 2017, Trustmark reclassified $36.7 million of acquired loans not accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 310-30 to LHFI due to the discount on these loans being fully amortized.  Excluding the reclassified acquired loans, acquired loans decreased $17.3 million, or 6.4%, during the first three months of 2017, primarily due to pay-downs and pay-offs of these acquired loans.  Based on the most recent re-estimation of expected cash flows, Trustmark anticipates that acquired loan balances, excluding any settlement of debt, will decline approximately $10.0 million to $15.0 million during the second quarter of 2017.  Trustmark also expects the yield on the acquired loans, excluding any recoveries, to be approximately 5.5% to 6.5% for the second quarter of 2017.  As the balances in the acquired loan portfolio continue to run-off, Trustmark expects that the income benefit provided by this portfolio will also decline.  For additional information regarding acquired loans, including changes in the net carrying value, see Note 5 – Acquired Loans included in Part I. Item 1. – Financial Statements of this report.

Deposits

Trustmark’s deposits are its primary source of funding and consist of core deposits from the communities Trustmark serves.  Deposits include interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing demand accounts, savings, money market, certificates of deposit and individual retirement accounts.  Total deposits were $10.104 billion at March 31, 2017 compared to $10.056 billion at December 31, 2016, an increase of $48.5 million, or 0.5%.  During the first three months of 2017, noninterest-bearing deposits increased $236.5 million, or 8.0%, primarily due to growth in all categories of demand deposit accounts, while interest-bearing deposits decreased $188.0 million, or 2.7%, primarily due to declines in public interest checking accounts partially offset by growth in savings deposits and certificates of deposit.  The increase in certificates of deposit during the first three months of 2017 was primarily due to the addition of $30.5 million of short-term fixed-rate brokered CDs.  The addition of these short-term brokered CDs during the first quarter of 2017 was part of Trustmark’s normal periodic testing of wholesale funding lines.

Short-term Borrowings

Trustmark uses short-term borrowings to fund growth of earning assets in excess of deposit growth.  Short-term borrowings consist primarily of federal funds purchased, securities sold under repurchase agreements, short-term FHLB advances and GNMA optional repurchase loans.  Short-term borrowings totaled $1.389 billion at March 31, 2017, an increase of $79.4 million, or 6.1%, when compared with $1.310 billion at December 31, 2016, primarily due to an increase in the outstanding balance of short-term FHLB advances with the FHLB of Dallas partially offset by a decline in upstream federal funds purchased.  Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements totaled $524.3 million at March 31, 2017 compared to $539.8 million at December 31, 2016, a decrease of $15.5 million, or 2.9%.  Of these amounts $154.3 million and $140.5 million, respectively, represented customer related transactions, such as commercial sweep repurchase balances.  Excluding customer related transactions, federal funds purchased totaled $370.0 million at March 31, 2017, a decrease of $29.4 million when compared with $399.4 million at December 31, 2016.  Other short-term borrowings increased $94.9 million during the first three months of 2017, primarily due to a $100.0 million increase in outstanding short-term FHLB advances with the FHLB of Dallas.

Defined Benefit Plans

As disclosed in Note 10 – Defined Benefit and Other Postretirement Benefits included in Part I. Item 1. – Financial Statements of this report, Trustmark maintained a noncontributory tax-qualified defined benefit pension plan (the Plan), in which substantially all associates who began employment prior to 2007 participated.  The Plan provided for retirement benefits based on the length of credited service and final average compensation, as defined in the Plan, which vested upon three years of service.  Benefit accruals under the Plan were frozen in 2009, with the exception of certain associates covered through plans obtained in acquisitions that were subsequently merged into the Plan.

As previously reported, on July 26, 2016, the Board of Directors of Trustmark authorized the termination of the Plan, effective as of December 31, 2016.  To satisfy commitments made by Trustmark to associates covered through acquired plans that were merged into the Plan (collectively, the “Continuing Associates”), the Board of Directors of Trustmark also approved the spin-off of the portion of the Plan associated with the accrued benefits of the Continuing Associates into a new plan titled the Trustmark Corporation Pension Plan for Certain Employees of Acquired Financial Institutions (the “Spin-Off Plan”), effective as of December 31, 2016, immediately prior to the termination of the Plan.    

In order to terminate the Plan, in accordance with Internal Revenue Service and Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation requirements, Trustmark is required to fully fund the Plan on a termination basis and will contribute the additional assets necessary to do so.  The final distributions will be made from current plan assets and a one-time pension settlement expense of approximately $17.5 million, which will be recognized when paid by Trustmark during the second quarter of 2017.  After the distribution of plan assets during the second quarter of 2017, Trustmark estimates that its annual pension expense will be reduced by approximately $3.0 million to $4.0 million.

70


 

Legal Environment

Information required in this section is set forth under the heading “Legal Proceedings” of Note 12 – Contingencies included in Part I. Item 1. – Financial Statements – of this report.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Information required in this section is set forth under the heading “Lending Related” of Note 12 – Contingencies included in Part I. Item 1. – Financial Statements – of this report.

Contractual Obligations

Payments due from Trustmark under specified long-term and certain other binding contractual obligations were scheduled in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016.  The most significant obligations, other than obligations under deposit contracts and short-term borrowings, were for operating leases for banking facilities.  There have been no material changes in Trustmark’s contractual obligations since year-end.

Capital Resources

At March 31, 2017, Trustmark’s total shareholders’ equity was $1.538 billion, an increase of $17.8 million, or 1.2%, when compared to December 31, 2016.  During the first three months of 2017, shareholders’ equity increased primarily as a result of net income of $31.2 million partially offset by common stock dividends of $15.7 million.  Trustmark utilizes a capital model in order to provide Management with a monthly tool for analyzing changes in its strategic capital ratios.  This allows Management to hold sufficient capital to provide for growth opportunities and protect the balance sheet against sudden adverse market conditions, while maintaining an attractive return on equity to shareholders.

Regulatory Capital

Trustmark and TNB are subject to minimum risk-based capital and leverage capital requirements, as described in the section captioned “Capital Adequacy” included in Part I. Item 1. – Business of Trustmark’s 2016 Annual Report on Form 10-K, which are administered by the federal bank regulatory agencies.  These capital requirements, as defined by federal regulations, involve quantitative and qualitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet instruments.  Trustmark’s and TNB’s minimum risk-based capital requirements include the phased in capital conservation buffer of 1.250% at March 31, 2017 and 0.625% at December 31, 2016.  AOCL is not included in computing regulatory capital.  Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can result in certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the financial statements of Trustmark and TNB and limit Trustmark’s and TNB’s ability to pay dividends.  As of March 31, 2017, Trustmark and TNB exceeded all applicable minimum capital standards.  In addition, Trustmark and TNB met applicable regulatory guidelines to be considered well-capitalized at March 31, 2017.  To be categorized in this manner, Trustmark and TNB maintained minimum common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital, Tier 1 risk-based capital, total risk-based capital and Tier 1 leverage ratios, and were not subject to any written agreement, order or capital directive, or prompt corrective action directive issued by their primary federal regulators to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measures.  There are no significant conditions or events that have occurred since March 31, 2017, which Management believes have affected Trustmark’s or TNB’s present classification.

In 2006, Trustmark enhanced its capital structure with the issuance of trust preferred securities.  For regulatory capital purposes, the trust preferred securities currently qualify as Tier 1 capital.  Trustmark intends to continue to utilize $60.0 million in trust preferred securities issued by Trustmark Preferred Capital Trust I (the Trust) as Tier 1 capital up to the regulatory limit, as permitted by the grandfather provision in the Dodd-Frank Act and the Basel III Final Rule.

Refer to the section captioned “Regulatory Capital” included in Note 15 – Shareholders’ Equity in Part I. Item 1. – Financial Statements of this report for an illustration of Trustmark’s and TNB’s actual regulatory capital amounts and ratios under regulatory capital standards in effect at March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016.

Dividends on Common Stock

Dividends per common share for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016 were $0.23.  Trustmark’s indicated dividend for 2017 is $0.92 per common share, which is the same as dividends per common share in 2016.

71


 

Liquidity

Liquidity is the ability to ensure that sufficient cash flow and liquid assets are available to satisfy current and future financial obligations, including demand for loans and deposit withdrawals, funding operating costs and other corporate purposes.  Consistent cash flows from operations and adequate capital provide internally generated liquidity.  Furthermore, Management maintains funding capacity from a variety of external sources to meet daily funding needs, such as those required to meet deposit withdrawals, loan disbursements and security settlements.  Liquidity strategy also includes the use of wholesale funding sources to provide for the seasonal fluctuations of deposit and loan demand and the cyclical fluctuations of the economy that impact the availability of funds.  Management keeps excess funding capacity available to meet potential demands associated with adverse circumstances.

The asset side of the balance sheet provides liquidity primarily through maturities and cash flows from loans and securities as well as the ability to sell certain loans and securities while the liability portion of the balance sheet provides liquidity primarily through noninterest and interest-bearing deposits.  Trustmark utilizes federal funds purchased, FHLB advances, securities sold under repurchase agreements as well as the Federal Reserve Discount Window (Discount Window) and, on a limited basis as discussed below, brokered deposits to provide additional liquidity.  Access to these additional sources represents Trustmark’s incremental borrowing capacity.

Deposit accounts represent Trustmark’s largest funding source.  Average deposits totaled to $9.960 billion for the first three months of 2017 and represented approximately 74.5% of average liabilities and shareholders’ equity, compared to average deposits of $9.569 billion, which represented 75.1% of average liabilities and shareholders’ equity for the first three months of 2016.

Trustmark utilizes a limited amount of brokered deposits to supplement other wholesale funding sources.  At March 31, 2017, brokered sweep Money Market Deposit Account (MMDA) deposits totaled $39.3 million compared to $34.2 million at December 31, 2016.  At March 31, 2017, Trustmark had $30.5 million in short-term fixed-rate brokered CDs outstanding, compared to none at December 31, 2016.  The addition of these brokered CDs during the first three months of 2017 was part of Trustmark’s normal periodic testing of wholesale funding lines.

At March 31, 2017, Trustmark had $370.0 million in upstream federal funds purchased, compared to $399.4 million at December 31, 2016.  Trustmark maintains adequate federal funds lines to provide sufficient short-term liquidity.  

Trustmark maintains a relationship with the FHLB of Dallas, which provided $800.0 million of outstanding short-term advances and $250.0 million of outstanding long-term advances at March 31, 2017, compared to $700.0 million of outstanding short-term advances and $250.0 million of outstanding long-term advances at December 31, 2016.  Under the existing borrowing agreement, Trustmark had sufficient qualifying collateral to increase FHLB advances with the FHLB of Dallas by $1.446 billion at March 31, 2017.  

In addition, at March 31, 2017, Trustmark had $1.0 million in FHLB advances outstanding with the FHLB of Atlanta, which were acquired in the BancTrust merger, compared to $1.1 million at December 31, 2016.  Trustmark has non-member status and thus no additional borrowing capacity with the FHLB of Atlanta.

Additionally, Trustmark has the ability to enter into wholesale funding repurchase agreements as a source of borrowing by utilizing its unencumbered investment securities as collateral.  At March 31, 2017, Trustmark had approximately $1.393 billion available in repurchase agreement capacity compared to $1.373 billion at December 31, 2016.

Another borrowing source is the Discount Window.  At March 31, 2017, Trustmark had approximately $1.023 billion available in collateral capacity at the Discount Window primarily from pledges of commercial and industrial LHFI, compared with $998.1 million at December 31, 2016.

During 2006, Trustmark completed a private placement of $60.0 million of trust preferred securities through a newly formed Delaware trust affiliate, the Trust.  The trust preferred securities mature September 30, 2036 and are redeemable at Trustmark’s option.  The proceeds from the sale of the trust preferred securities were used by the Trust to purchase $61.9 million in aggregate principal amount of Trustmark’s junior subordinated debentures.

The Board of Directors of Trustmark currently has the authority to issue up to 20.0 million preferred shares with no par value.  The ability to issue preferred shares in the future will provide Trustmark with additional financial and management flexibility for general corporate and acquisition purposes.  At March 31, 2017, Trustmark had no shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding.

Liquidity position and strategy are reviewed regularly by Management and continuously adjusted in relationship to Trustmark’s overall strategy.  Management believes that Trustmark has sufficient liquidity and capital resources to meet presently known cash flow requirements arising from ongoing business transactions.

72


 

Asset/Liability Management

Overview

Market risk reflects the potential risk of loss arising from adverse changes in interest rates and market prices.  Trustmark has risk management policies to monitor and limit exposure to market risk.  Trustmark’s primary market risk is interest rate risk created by core banking activities.  Interest rate risk is the potential variability of the income generated by Trustmark’s financial products or services, which results from changes in various market interest rates.  Market rate changes may take the form of absolute shifts, variances in the relationships between different rates and changes in the shape or slope of the interest rate term structure.

Management continually develops and applies cost-effective strategies to manage these risks.  Management’s Asset/Liability Committee sets the day-to-day operating guidelines, approves strategies affecting net interest income and coordinates activities within policy limits established by the Board of Directors of Trustmark.  A key objective of the asset/liability management program is to quantify, monitor and manage interest rate risk and to assist Management in maintaining stability in the net interest margin under varying interest rate environments.

Derivatives

Trustmark uses financial derivatives for management of interest rate risk.  Management’s Asset/Liability Committee, in its oversight role for the management of interest rate risk, approves the use of derivatives in balance sheet hedging strategies.  The most common derivatives employed by Trustmark are interest rate lock commitments, forward contracts (both futures contracts and options on futures contracts), interest rate swaps, interest rate caps and interest rate floors.  As a general matter, the values of these instruments are designed to be inversely related to the values of the assets that they hedge (i.e., if the value of the hedged asset falls, the value of the related hedge rises).  In addition, Trustmark has entered into derivatives contracts as counterparty to one or more customers in connection with loans extended to those customers.  These transactions are designed to hedge interest rate, currency or other exposures of the customers and are not entered into by Trustmark for speculative purposes.  Increased federal regulation of the derivatives markets may increase the cost to Trustmark to administer derivatives programs.

On April 4, 2013, Trustmark entered into a forward interest rate swap contract on junior subordinated debentures with a total notional amount of $60.0 million.  The interest rate swap contract was designated as a derivative instrument in a cash flow hedge under FASB ASC Topic 815, with the objective of protecting the quarterly interest payments on Trustmark’s $60.0 million of junior subordinated debentures issued to the Trust throughout the five-year period beginning December 31, 2014 and ending December 31, 2019 from the risk of variability of those payments resulting from changes in the three-month LIBOR interest rate.  Under the swap, which became effective on December 31, 2014, Trustmark pays a fixed interest rate of 1.66% per annum and receives a variable interest rate based on three-month LIBOR on a total notional amount of $60.0 million, with quarterly net settlements.

No ineffectiveness related to the interest rate swap designated as a cash flow hedge was recognized in the consolidated statements of income during the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016.  The accumulated net after-tax gain related to the effective cash flow hedge included in AOCL totaled $78 thousand at March 31, 2017, compared to an accumulated net after-tax loss of $17 thousand at December 31, 2016.  Amounts reported in AOCL related to this derivative are reclassified to other interest expense as interest payments are made on Trustmark’s variable rate junior subordinated debentures.  During the next twelve months, Trustmark estimates that $178 thousand will be reclassified as an increase to other interest expense.

As part of Trustmark’s risk management strategy in the mortgage banking business, various derivative instruments such as interest rate lock commitments and forward sales contracts are utilized.  Rate lock commitments are residential mortgage loan commitments with customers, which guarantee a specified interest rate for a specified period of time.  Trustmark’s obligations under forward contracts consist of commitments to deliver mortgage loans, originated and/or purchased, in the secondary market at a future date.  The gross notional amount of Trustmark’s off-balance sheet obligations under these derivative instruments totaled $374.5 million at March 31, 2017, with a positive valuation adjustment of $969 thousand, compared to $292.9 million, with a positive valuation adjustment of $3.8 million at December 31, 2016.

Trustmark utilizes a portfolio of exchange-traded derivative instruments, such as Treasury note futures contracts and option contracts, to achieve a fair value return that economically hedges changes in fair value of the mortgage servicing rights (MSR) attributable to interest rates.  These transactions are considered freestanding derivatives that do not otherwise qualify for hedge accounting under GAAP.  The total notional amount of these derivative instruments were $285.5 million at March 31, 2017 compared to $262.0 million at December 31, 2016.  These exchange-traded derivative instruments are accounted for at fair value with changes in the fair value recorded in noninterest income in mortgage banking, net and are offset by the changes in the fair value of the MSR.  The MSR fair value represents the present value of future cash flows, which among other things includes decay and the effect of changes in interest rates.  Ineffectiveness of hedging the MSR fair value is measured by comparing the change in value of hedge instruments to the change in the fair value of the MSR asset attributable to changes in interest rates and other market driven changes in valuation inputs

73


 

and assumptions.  The impact of this strategy resulted in a net positive ineffectiveness of $2.8 million and $413 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.  The increase in the net positive ineffectiveness was primarily due to the mortgage spread widening as well as higher interest rates during the first three months of 2017 compared the same time period in 2016.

Trustmark offers certain interest rate derivatives products directly to qualified commercial lending clients seeking to manage their interest rate risk under loans they have entered into with TNB.  Trustmark economically hedges interest rate swap transactions executed with commercial lending clients by entering into offsetting interest rate swap transactions with institutional derivatives market participants.  Derivatives transactions executed as part of this program are not designated as qualifying hedging relationships under GAAP and are, therefore, carried on Trustmark’s financial statements at fair value with the change in fair value recorded in noninterest income in bank card and other fees.  Because these derivatives have mirror-image contractual terms, in addition to collateral provisions which mitigate the impact of non-performance risk, the changes in fair value are expected to substantially offset.  As of March 31, 2017, Trustmark had interest rate swaps with an aggregate notional amount of $336.7 million related to this program, compared to $340.2 million as of December 31, 2016.

Trustmark has agreements with its financial institution counterparties that contain provisions where if Trustmark defaults on any of its indebtedness, including default where repayment of the indebtedness has not been accelerated by the lender, then Trustmark could also be deemed to be in default on its derivatives obligations.

As of March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the termination value of interest rate swaps in a liability position, which includes accrued interest but excludes any adjustment for nonperformance risk, related to these agreements was $711 thousand and $1.2 million, respectively.  As of March 31, 2017, Trustmark had posted collateral of $100 thousand against its obligations because of negotiated thresholds and minimum transfer amounts under these agreements.  If Trustmark had breached any of these triggering provisions at March 31, 2017, it could have been required to settle its obligations under the agreements at the termination value (which is expected to approximate fair market value).

Credit risk participation agreements arise when Trustmark contracts with other financial institutions, as a guarantor or beneficiary, to share credit risk associated with certain interest rate swaps.  These agreements provide for reimbursement of losses resulting from a third party default on the underlying swap.  At both March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, Trustmark had entered into two risk participation agreements as a beneficiary with an aggregate notional amount of $14.1 million and $14.2 million, respectively.  At March 31, 2017, Trustmark had entered into five risk participation agreements as a guarantor with an aggregate notional amount of $27.9 million compared to five risk participation agreement as a guarantor with an aggregate notional amount of $28.0 million at December 31, 2016.  The aggregate fair values of these risk participation agreements were immaterial at March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016.

Trustmark’s participation in the derivatives markets is subject to increased federal regulation of these markets.  Trustmark believes that it may continue to use financial derivatives to manage interest rate risk and also to offer derivatives products to certain qualified commercial lending clients in compliance with the Volcker Rule.  However, the increased federal regulation of the derivatives markets has increased the cost to Trustmark of administering its derivatives programs.  Some of these costs (particularly compliance costs related to the Volcker Rule and other federal regulations) are expected to recur in the future.

Market/Interest Rate Risk Management

The primary purpose in managing interest rate risk is to invest capital effectively and preserve the value created by the core banking business.  This is accomplished through the development and implementation of lending, funding, pricing and hedging strategies designed to maximize net interest income performance under varying interest rate environments subject to specific liquidity and interest rate risk guidelines.

Financial simulation models are the primary tools used by Management’s Asset/Liability Committee to measure interest rate exposure.  Using a wide range of scenarios, Management is provided with extensive information on the potential impact on net interest income caused by changes in interest rates.  Models are structured to simulate cash flows and accrual characteristics of Trustmark’s balance sheet.  Assumptions are made about the direction and volatility of interest rates, the slope of the yield curve and the changing composition of Trustmark’s balance sheet, resulting from both strategic plans and customer behavior.  In addition, the model incorporates Management’s assumptions and expectations regarding such factors as loan and deposit growth, pricing, prepayment speeds and spreads between interest rates.

74


 

Based on the results of the simulation models using static balances, the table below summarizes the effect various one-year interest rate shift scenarios would have on net interest income compared to a base case, flat scenario at March 31, 2017 and 2016.  At March 31, 2017 and 2016, the impact of a 200 basis point drop scenario was not calculated due to the low interest rate environment.

 

 

 

Estimated % Change

in Net Interest Income

 

Change in Interest Rates

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

+200 basis points

 

 

-0.2

%

 

 

 

+100 basis points

 

 

 

 

 

0.1

%

-100 basis points

 

 

-6.2

%

 

 

-6.2

%

 

As shown in the table above, the interest rate shocks for the first three months of 2017 illustrate little change in net interest income in rising rate scenarios while displaying modest exposure to a falling rate environment.  The exposure to falling rates is primarily due to a downward repricing of various earning assets with minimal contribution from liabilities given the already low cost of deposits in the base scenario.  Management cannot provide any assurance about the actual effect of changes in interest rates on net interest income.  The estimates provided do not include the effects of possible strategic changes in the balances of various assets and liabilities throughout 2017 or additional actions Trustmark could undertake in response to changes in interest rates.  Management will continue to prudently manage the balance sheet in an effort to control interest rate risk and maintain profitability over the long term.

Another component of interest rate risk management is measuring the economic value-at-risk for a given change in market interest rates.  The economic value-at-risk may indicate risks associated with longer-term balance sheet items that may not affect net interest income at risk over shorter time periods.  Trustmark uses computer-modeling techniques to determine the present value of all asset and liability cash flows (both on- and off-balance sheet), adjusted for prepayment expectations, using a market discount rate.  The economic value of equity (EVE), also known as net portfolio value, is defined as the difference between the present value of asset cash flows and the present value of liability cash flows.  The resulting change in EVE in different market rate environments, from the base case scenario, is the amount of EVE at risk from those rate environments.  The following table summarizes the effect that various interest rate shifts would have on net portfolio value at March 31, 2017 and 2016.  At March 31, 2017 and 2016, the impact of a 200 basis point drop scenario was not calculated due to the historically low interest rate environment.

 

 

 

Estimated % Change

in Net Portfolio Value

 

Change in Interest Rates

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

+200 basis points

 

 

6.3

%

 

 

3.6

%

+100 basis points

 

 

3.8

%

 

 

2.5

%

-100 basis points

 

 

-12.1

%

 

 

-9.4

%

 

Trustmark determines the fair value of the MSR using a valuation model administered by a third party that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income.  The model incorporates assumptions that market participants use in estimating future net servicing income, including estimates of prepayment speeds, discount rate, default rates, cost to service (including delinquency and foreclosure costs), escrow account earnings, contractual servicing fee income and other ancillary income such as late fees.  Management reviews all significant assumptions quarterly.  Mortgage loan prepayment speeds, a key assumption in the model, is the annual rate at which borrowers are forecasted to repay their mortgage loan principal.  The discount rate used to determine the present value of estimated future net servicing income, another key assumption in the model, is an estimate of the required rate of return investors in the market would require for an asset with similar risk.  Both assumptions can, and generally will, change as market conditions and interest rates change.

By way of example, an increase in either the prepayment speed or discount rate assumption will result in a decrease in the fair value of the MSR, while a decrease in either assumption will result in an increase in the fair value of the MSR.  In recent years, there have been significant market-driven fluctuations in loan prepayment speeds and discount rates.  These fluctuations can be rapid and may continue to be significant.  Therefore, estimating prepayment speed and/or discount rates within ranges that market participants would use in determining the fair value of the MSR requires significant management judgment.

At March 31, 2017, the MSR fair value was approximately $82.8 million, compared to $68.2 million at March 31, 2016.  The impact on the MSR fair value of a 10% adverse change in prepayment speed or a 100 basis point increase in discount rate at March 31, 2017, would be a decline in fair value of approximately $2.8 million and $3.1 million, respectively, compared to a decline in fair value of approximately $2.6 million and $2.2 million, respectively, at March 31, 2016.  Changes of equal magnitude in the opposite direction would produce similar increases in fair value in the respective amounts.

75


 

Critical Accounting Policies

For an overview of Trustmark’s critical accounting policies, see the section captioned “Critical Accounting Policies” included in Part II. Item 7. – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, of Trustmark’s 2016 Annual Report on Form 10-K.  There have been no significant changes in Trustmark’s critical accounting policies during the first three months of 2017.

For additional information regarding Trustmark’s basis of presentation and accounting policies, see Note 1 – Business, Basis of Financial Statement Presentation and Principles of Consolidation included in Part I. Item 1. – Financial Statements of this report.

Accounting Policies Recently Adopted and Pending Accounting Pronouncements

For a complete list of recently adopted and pending accounting policies and the impact on Trustmark, see Note 19 – Accounting Policies Recently Adopted and Pending Accounting Pronouncements included in Part I. Item 1. – Financial Statements – of this report.

ITEM 3.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

The information required by this item is included in the discussion of Market/Interest Rate Risk Management found in Management’s Discussion and Analysis.

ITEM 4.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of the end of the period covered by this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, an evaluation was carried out by Trustmark’s Management, with the participation of its Chief Executive Officer and Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer), of the effectiveness of Trustmark’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and the Principal Financial Officer concluded that Trustmark’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this report.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There has been no change in Trustmark’s internal control over financial reporting during the last fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, Trustmark’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

PART II.    OTHER INFORMATION

ITEM 1.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Trustmark’s wholly-owned subsidiary, TNB, has been named as a defendant in three lawsuits related to the collapse of the Stanford Financial Group.  The first is a purported class action complaint that was filed on August 23, 2009 in the District Court of Harris County, Texas, by Peggy Roif Rotstain, Guthrie Abbott, Catherine Burnell, Steven Queyrouze, Jaime Alexis Arroyo Bornstein and Juan C. Olano (collectively, Class Plaintiffs), on behalf of themselves and all others similarly situated, naming TNB and four other financial institutions unaffiliated with Trustmark as defendants.  The complaint seeks to recover (i) alleged fraudulent transfers from each of the defendants in the amount of fees and other monies received by each defendant from entities controlled by R. Allen Stanford (collectively, the Stanford Financial Group) and (ii) damages allegedly attributable to alleged conspiracies by one or more of the defendants with the Stanford Financial Group to commit fraud and/or aid and abet fraud on the asserted grounds that defendants knew or should have known the Stanford Financial Group was conducting an illegal and fraudulent scheme.  Plaintiffs have demanded a jury trial.  Plaintiffs did not quantify damages.  

In November 2009, the lawsuit was removed to federal court by certain defendants and then transferred by the United States Panel on Multidistrict Litigation to federal court in the Northern District of Texas (Dallas) where multiple Stanford related matters are being consolidated for pre-trial proceedings.  In May 2010, all defendants (including TNB) filed motions to dismiss the lawsuit.  In August 2010, the court authorized and approved the formation of an Official Stanford Investors Committee (OSIC) to represent the interests of Stanford investors and, under certain circumstances, to file legal actions for the benefit of Stanford investors.  In December 2011, the OSIC filed a motion to intervene in this action.  In September 2012, the district court referred the case to a magistrate judge for hearing and determination of certain pretrial issues.  In December 2012, the court granted the OSIC’s motion to intervene, and the OSIC filed an Intervenor Complaint against one of the other defendant financial institutions.  In February 2013, the OSIC filed a second Intervenor Complaint that asserts claims against TNB and the remaining defendant financial institutions.  The OSIC seeks to

76


 

recover: (i) alleged fraudulent transfers in the amount of the fees each of the defendants allegedly received from Stanford Financial Group, the profits each of the defendants allegedly made from Stanford Financial Group deposits, and other monies each of the defendants allegedly received from Stanford Financial Group; (ii) damages attributable to alleged conspiracies by each of the defendants with the Stanford Financial Group to commit fraud and/or aid and abet fraud and conversion on the asserted grounds that the defendants knew or should have known the Stanford Financial Group was conducting an illegal and fraudulent scheme; and (iii) punitive damages.  The OSIC did not quantify damages.  

In July 2013, all defendants (including TNB) filed motions to dismiss the OSIC’s claims.  In March 2015, the court entered an order authorizing the parties to conduct discovery regarding class certification and setting a deadline for the parties to complete briefing on class certification issues.  In April 2015, the court granted in part and denied in part the defendants’ motions to dismiss the Class Plaintiffs’ claims and the OSIC’s claims.  The court dismissed all of the Class Plaintiffs’ fraudulent transfer claims and dismissed certain of the OSIC’s claims.  The court denied the motions by TNB and the other financial institution defendants to dismiss the OSIC’s constructive fraudulent transfer claims.  

On June 23, 2015, the court allowed the Class Plaintiffs to file a Second Amended Class Action Complaint (SAC), which asserted new claims against TNB and certain of the other defendants for (i) aiding, abetting and participating in a fraudulent scheme, (ii) aiding, abetting and participating in violations of the Texas Securities Act, (iii) aiding, abetting and participating in breaches of fiduciary duty, (iv) aiding, abetting and participating in conversion and (v) conspiracy.  On July 14, 2015, the defendants (including TNB) filed motions to dismiss the SAC and to reconsider the court’s prior denial to dismiss the OSIC’s constructive fraudulent transfer claims against TNB and the other financial institutions that are defendants in the action.  On July 27, 2016, the court denied the motion by TNB and the other financial institution defendants to dismiss the SAC and also denied the motion by TNB and the other financial institution defendants to reconsider the court’s prior denial to dismiss the OSIC’s constructive fraudulent transfer claims.  On August 24, 2016, TNB filed its answer to the SAC.  There has been no new activity related to the SAC.

The second Stanford-related lawsuit was filed on December 14, 2009 in the District Court of Ascension Parish, Louisiana, individually by Harold Jackson, Paul Blaine, Carolyn Bass Smith, Christine Nichols, and Ronald and Ramona Hebert naming TNB (misnamed as Trust National Bank) and other individuals and entities not affiliated with Trustmark as defendants.  The complaint seeks to recover the money lost by these individual plaintiffs as a result of the collapse of  the Stanford Financial Group (in addition to other damages) under various theories and causes of action, including negligence, breach of contract, breach of fiduciary duty, negligent misrepresentation, detrimental reliance, conspiracy, and violation of Louisiana’s uniform fiduciary, securities, and racketeering laws.  The complaint does not quantify the amount of money the plaintiffs seek to recover.  In January 2010, the lawsuit was removed to federal court by certain defendants and then transferred by the United States Panel on Multidistrict Litigation to federal court in the Northern District of Texas (Dallas) where multiple Stanford related matters are being consolidated for pre-trial proceedings.  On March 29, 2010, the court stayed the case.  TNB filed a motion to lift the stay, which was denied on February 28, 2012.  In September 2012, the district court referred the case to a magistrate judge for hearing and determination of certain pretrial issues.

On April 11, 2016, Trustmark learned that a third Stanford-related lawsuit had been filed on that date in the Superior Court of Justice in Ontario, Canada, by The Toronto-Dominion Bank (“TD Bank”), naming TNB and three other financial institutions not affiliated with Trustmark as defendants.  The complaint seeks a declaration specifying the degree to which each of TNB and the other defendants are liable in respect of any loss and damage for which TD Bank is found to be liable in a litigation commenced against TD Bank brought by the Joint Liquidators of Stanford International Bank Limited in the Superior Court of Justice, Commercial List in Ontario, Canada (the “Joint Liquidators’ Action”), as well as contribution and indemnity in respect of any judgment, interest and costs TD Bank is ordered to pay in the Joint Liquidators’ Action.  To date, TNB has not been served in connection with this action.

TNB’s relationship with the Stanford Financial Group began as a result of Trustmark’s acquisition of a Houston-based bank in August 2006, and consisted of correspondent banking and other traditional banking services in the ordinary course of business.  All Stanford-related lawsuits are in pre-trial stages.

TNB has been named as a defendant in two separately filed but consolidated lawsuits involving two testamentary trusts created in the will of Kathleen Killebrew Paine for her two children, Carolyn Paine Davis and W.K. Paine.  TNB is named as the Trustee in both trusts.  The lawsuits were filed on June 30, 2014 in the Chancery Court of the First Judicial District of Hinds County, Mississippi by Jennifer Davis Michael, Elizabeth Paine Lindigrin, Wilmer Harrison Paine, Kenneth Whitworth Paine, Robert Harvey Paine and Nathan Davis, who are all children of Mrs. Davis and Mr. Paine.  The complaints alleged that the plaintiffs were vested current beneficiaries of the respective trusts; that the plaintiffs should have been entitled to be considered for distributions of trust income; and that the interests of Mrs. Davis and Mr. Paine were favored over plaintiffs’ interest in both the distribution of income and in the making of trust investments.  Plaintiffs sought compensatory damages, refund of trust fees and sweep fees, punitive damages, attorneys’ fees and pre- and post-judgment interest.  On March 9, 2015, the court granted TNB’s motion to add Mrs. Davis and Mr. W.K. Paine as cross-defendants.  Following a bench trial that concluded on January 20, 2016, the judge ordered the parties to enter

77


 

into mandatory mediation.  On February 22, 2016, the mediator reported to the judge that the mediation had failed to resolve the matter.  On March 30, 2017, the parties agreed to the terms of a settlement of the consolidated lawsuits.  On May 4, 2017, the judge approved the settlement.  The judge has advised the parties that the lawsuits will be dismissed with prejudice when settlement funds have been disbursed in accordance with the terms of the settlement, which is expected to occur during the second quarter.    The terms of the settlement are not material to Trustmark’s results of operations or financial condition.

Trustmark and its subsidiaries are also parties to other lawsuits and other claims that arise in the ordinary course of business.  Some of the lawsuits assert claims related to the lending, collection, servicing, investment, trust and other business activities, and some of the lawsuits allege substantial claims for damages.

All pending legal proceedings described above are being vigorously contested.  In accordance FASB Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 450-20, “Loss Contingencies,” Trustmark will establish an accrued liability for litigation matters when those matters present loss contingencies that are both probable and reasonably estimable.  At the present time, Management believes, based on the advice of legal counsel and Management’s evaluation, that a loss in any such proceeding is not probable and reasonably estimable.  All matters will continue to be monitored for further developments that would make such loss contingency both probable and reasonably estimable.  In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of legal proceedings, Trustmark cannot predict the eventual outcomes of the currently pending matters or the timing of their ultimate resolution.  Management currently believes, however, based upon the advice of legal counsel and Management’s evaluation and after taking into account its current insurance coverage, that the legal proceedings currently pending should not have a material adverse effect on Trustmark’s consolidated financial condition.

ITEM 1A.

RISK FACTORS

There has been no material change in the risk factors previously disclosed in Trustmark’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for its fiscal year ended December 31, 2016.

ITEM 2.

UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS

On March 11, 2016, the Board of Directors of Trustmark authorized a stock repurchase program under which up to $100.0 million of Trustmark’s common shares may be acquired through March 31, 2019.  The following table provides information with respect to purchases by Trustmark or made on behalf of Trustmark of its common stock during the three months ended March 31, 2017 ($ in thousands, except per share amounts):

Period

 

Total Number of Shares Purchased

 

 

Average Price Paid Per Share

 

 

Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plan

 

 

Approximate Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plan at the End of the Period

 

January 1, 2017 to January 31, 2017

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

$

99,250

 

February 1, 2017 to February 28, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

99,250

 

March 1, 2017 to March 31, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

99,250

 

Total

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ITEM 3.

DEFAULTS UPON SENIOR SECURITIES

None

ITEM 4.

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable

ITEM 5.

OTHER INFORMATION

None

 

 

ITEM 6.

EXHIBITS

The exhibits listed in the Exhibit Index are filed herewith or are incorporated herein by reference.

78


 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

 

 

 

31-a

 

Certification by Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

31-b

 

Certification by Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

32-a  

 

Certification by Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. ss. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

32-b  

 

Certification by Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. ss. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

101

 

XBRL Interactive Data.

 

All other exhibits are omitted, as they are inapplicable or not required by the related instructions.

 

 

79


 

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

TRUSTMARK CORPORATION

 

BY:

 

/s/ Gerard R. Host

 

BY:

 

/s/ Louis E. Greer

 

 

Gerard R. Host

 

 

 

Louis E. Greer

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

Treasurer, Principal Financial Officer and

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal Accounting Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DATE:

 

May 8, 2017

 

DATE:

 

May 8, 2017

 

 

80